]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merged from emacs@sv.gnu.org
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17383 38807))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17405 10313))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
69
70 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
71 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
72
73 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
74
75 ;;;***
76 \f
77 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
78 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
79 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
80
81 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
82 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
83 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
84 extensions.
85 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
86 the file name.
87
88 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
89
90 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
91 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
92
93 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
94 \\{ada-mode-map}
95
96 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
97 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
98
99 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
100 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
101
102 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
104
105 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
106
107 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
108 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
109
110 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
111 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
112
113 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
114 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
115 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
116 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
117 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
118
119 If you use imenu.el:
120 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
121
122 If you use find-file.el:
123 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
124 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
125 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
126 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
127 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
128
129 If you use ada-xref.el:
130 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
131 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
132 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
143 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
144
145 \(fn)" t nil)
146
147 ;;;***
148 \f
149 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
150 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
152
153 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
154 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
155 Completion is available.
156
157 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
158
159 ;;;***
160 \f
161 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
162 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
163 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
164 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
165 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17356 16192))
166 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
167
168 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
169 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
170 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
171 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
172
173 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
174
175 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
176 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
177 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
180
181 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
182 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
183 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
184 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
185 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
186 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
187
188 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
189
190 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
191 Prompt for a change log name.
192
193 \(fn)" nil nil)
194
195 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
196 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
197
198 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
199 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
200 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
201 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
202
203 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
204 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
205 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
206
207 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
208 current buffer to the complete file name.
209 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
210
211 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
212
213 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
214 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
215 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
216 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
217
218 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
219 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
220
221 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
222
223 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
224 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
225 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
226
227 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
228 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
229 the same person.
230
231 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
232 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
233 notices.
234
235 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
236 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
237
238 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
239
240 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
241 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
242 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
243 the change log file in another window.
244
245 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
246 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
247
248 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
249 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
250 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
251 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
252 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
253 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
254 \\{change-log-mode-map}
255
256 \(fn)" t nil)
257
258 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
259 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
260
261 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
262 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
263
264 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
268 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
269
270 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
271 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
272
273 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
274 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
275 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
276 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
277 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
278
279 Has a preference of looking backwards.
280
281 \(fn)" nil nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
284 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
285 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
286 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
287 or a buffer.
288
289 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
290 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
291
292 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
293
294 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
295 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
296
297 \(fn)" t nil)
298
299 ;;;***
300 \f
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
302 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17390
303 ;;;;;; 26937))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
318
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
329
330 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
331 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
332 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
333 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
334 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
335 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
336 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
337 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
338 will be overwritten with the new one.
339 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
340 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
341 will clear the cache.
342
343 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
344
345 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
346 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
347 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
348
349 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
350 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
351 BODY... )
352
353 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
354 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
355 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
356 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
357 see also `ad-add-advice'.
358 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
359 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
360 before/around/after-advices will be used.
361 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
362 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
363 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
364 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
365 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
366 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
367
368 Semantics of the various flags:
369 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
370 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
371 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
372
373 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
374 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
375
376 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
377 advised function should be compiled.
378
379 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
380 during activation until somebody enables it.
381
382 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
383 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
384 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
385 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
386
387 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
388 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
389 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
390 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
391 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
392 during preloading.
393
394 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
395
396 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
397
398 ;;;***
399 \f
400 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
401 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
402 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17390 26934))
403 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404
405 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
406 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
407 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
408 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
409 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
410 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
411 rule's `separate' attribute).
412
413 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
414 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
415 `separate' attribute set.
416
417 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
418 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
419 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
420 on the format of these lists.
421
422 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423
424 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
425 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
426 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
427 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
428 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
429 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
430 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
431 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
432 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
433 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
434 options.
435
436 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
437 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438
439 Fred (123) 456-7890
440 Alice (123) 456-7890
441 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
442 Joe (123) 456-7890
443
444 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
445 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
446 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447
448 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449
450 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
451 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
452 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
453 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
454 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
455 align that section.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
460 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
461 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
462 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
463 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
464 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
465 been used to align that section.
466
467 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
471 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
472 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
473 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
474 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
475 to be colored.
476
477 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478
479 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
480 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481
482 \(fn)" t nil)
483
484 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
485 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486
487 \(fn)" t nil)
488
489 ;;;***
490 \f
491 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (17432 19375))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
496 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
497 \\<allout-mode-map>
498
499 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
500 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
501
502 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
503 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
504 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
505 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
506 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
507 outline.)
508
509 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
510
511 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
512 - integral outline exposure-layout
513 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
514 - automatic topic-number maintenance
515 - easy topic encryption and decryption
516 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
517 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
518
519 and many other features.
520
521 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
522 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
523 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
524 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
525 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
526
527
528 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
529 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
530
531 Navigation: Exposure Control:
532 ---------- ----------------
533 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
534 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
535 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
536 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
537 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
538 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
539 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
540
541 Topic Header Production:
542 -----------------------
543 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
544 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
545 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
546
547 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
548 ---------------------------------
549 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
550 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
551 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
552 current topic.
553 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
554 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
555 alternated according to nesting depth.
556 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
557 offspring are not affected. With repeat
558 count, revoke numbering.
559
560 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
561 ----------------------------------
562 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
563 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
564 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
565 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
566 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
567 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
568
569 Topic-oriented Encryption:
570 -------------------------
571 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
572
573 Misc commands:
574 -------------
575 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
576 and establish a default file-var setting
577 for `allout-layout'.
578 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
579 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
580 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
581 buffer with name derived from derived from that
582 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
583 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
584 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
585 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
586 format.
587 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
588 auto-activation.
589
590 Topic Encryption
591
592 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
593 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
594 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
595 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
596 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
597 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
598 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
599 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
600 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
601 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
602
603 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
604 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
605
606 HOT-SPOT Operation
607
608 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
609 navigation and exposure control.
610
611 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
612 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
613 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
614 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
615 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
616
617 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
618 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
619 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
620 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
621 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
622
623 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
624 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
625 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
626 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
627
628 Terminology
629
630 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
631
632 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
633 contain and be contained by other topics.
634 CURRENT topic:
635 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
636 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
637 containment. Also called the:
638 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
639
640 ANCESTORS:
641 The topics that contain a topic.
642 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
643 the topic.
644 OFFSPRING:
645 The topics contained by a topic;
646 SUBTOPIC:
647 An immediate offspring of a topic;
648 CHILDREN:
649 The immediate offspring of a topic.
650 SIBLINGS:
651 Topics having the same parent and depth.
652
653 Topic text constituents:
654
655 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
656 text.
657 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
658 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
659 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
660 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
661 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
662
663 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
664 of the topic.
665 PREFIX-LEAD:
666 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
667 It can be customized by changing the setting of
668 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
669
670 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
671 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
672 program code without interfering with the language processing
673 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
674 docstring for more detail.
675 PREFIX-PADDING:
676 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
677 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
678 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
679 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
680 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
681 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
682 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
683 the topic.
684 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
685 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
686
687
688 EXPOSURE:
689 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
690 of its offspring and contained text.
691 CONCEALED:
692 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
693 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
694
695 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
696 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
697 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
698
699 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
700
701 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
702
703 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
704 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
705
706 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
707 setup for auto-startup.
708
709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
710
711 ;;;***
712 \f
713 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
714 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17390 26944))
715 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
716
717 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
718
719 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
720 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
721 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
722 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
723 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
724 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
725
726 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
727
728 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
729 Not documented
730
731 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
732
733 ;;;***
734 \f
735 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
736 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
738
739 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
740 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
741 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
742 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
743 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
744 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
745 in the current window.
746
747 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
748
749 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
750 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
751 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
752
753 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
754
755 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
756 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
757 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
758
759 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
760
761 ;;;***
762 \f
763 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
764 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
766
767 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
768 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
769
770 \(fn)" t nil)
771
772 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
773 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
774
775 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
776 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
777 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
778 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
779
780 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
781 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
782
783 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
784
785 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
786
787 ;;;***
788 \f
789 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
790 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17390 27404))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
792
793 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
794 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
795 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
796 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
797 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
798 \\[yank].
799
800 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
801 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
802 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
803 the rules.
804
805 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
806 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
807 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
808 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
809
810 \(fn)" t nil)
811
812 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
813 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
814 \\{antlr-mode-map}
815
816 \(fn)" t nil)
817
818 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
819 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
820 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
821
822 \(fn)" nil nil)
823
824 ;;;***
825 \f
826 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
827 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
828 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
829 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17405 10313))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
831
832 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
833 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
834 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
835 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
836
837 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
838
839 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
840 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
841
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
843
844 (defvar appt-audible t "\
845 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
846
847 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
848
849 (defvar appt-visible t "\
850 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
851 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
852
853 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
854
855 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
856 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
857 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
858
859 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
860
861 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
862 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
863 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
864
865 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
866
867 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
868 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
869 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
870
871 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
872
873 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
874 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
875 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
876
877 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
878
879 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
880 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
881 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
882
883 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
884
885 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
886 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
887
888 \(fn)" t nil)
889
890 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
891 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
892 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
893 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
894 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
895 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
896 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
897
898 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
899 function.
900
901 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
902 appointment package (if it is not already active).
903
904 \(fn)" nil nil)
905
906 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
907 Toggle checking of appointments.
908 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
909 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
910
911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
912
913 ;;;***
914 \f
915 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
916 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
917 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17454 30835))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
919
920 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
921 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
922 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
923 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
924
925 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
926 kind of objects to search.
927
928 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
929
930 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
931 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
932 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
933 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
934 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
935 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
936
937 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
938 normal variables.
939
940 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
941
942 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
943
944 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
945 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
946 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
947 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
948 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
949 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
950
951 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
952 noninteractive functions.
953
954 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
955 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
956
957 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
958 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
959
960 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
961
962 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
963 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
964
965 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
966
967 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
968 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
969 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
970 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
971
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
978 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
979
980 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
981
982 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
983
984 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
985 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
990
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
992 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
993 Returns list of symbols and values found.
994
995 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
998 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
999 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1000 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1001 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1002 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1003
1004 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1005 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1006 bindings.
1007 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1008
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1010
1011 ;;;***
1012 \f
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17425
1014 ;;;;;; 24466))
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1016
1017 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1019 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1020 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1021 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1022 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1023
1024 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1025 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1026 archive.
1027
1028 \\{archive-mode-map}
1029
1030 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17374 21266))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1036
1037 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1038 Major mode for editing arrays.
1039
1040 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1041 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1042 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1043
1044 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1045
1046 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1047 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1048 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1049
1050 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1051 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1052 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1053 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1054 The variables are:
1055
1056 Variables you assign:
1057 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1058 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1059 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1060 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1061 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1062 row numbers in the buffer.
1063
1064 Variables which are calculated:
1065 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1066 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1067
1068 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1069 take a numeric prefix argument):
1070
1071 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1072 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1073 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1074 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1075
1076 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1077 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1078 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1079 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1080
1081 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1082 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1083 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1084 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1085
1086 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1087 between that of point and mark.
1088
1089 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1090 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1091
1092 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1093 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1094 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1095 newlines inside rows)
1096
1097 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1098
1099 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1100
1101 \(fn)" t nil)
1102
1103 ;;;***
1104 \f
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17390
1106 ;;;;;; 26946))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1108
1109 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1110 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1111 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1112 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1113
1114 How to quit artist mode
1115
1116 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1117
1118
1119 How to submit a bug report
1120
1121 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1122
1123
1124 Drawing with the mouse:
1125
1126 mouse-2
1127 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1128 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1129 below).
1130
1131 mouse-1
1132 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1133 or pastes:
1134
1135 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1138 to new point
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1148 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1149 --------------------------------------------------------------
1150 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1151 --------------------------------------------------------------
1152 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1153 --------------------------------------------------------------
1154 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1155 lines
1156 --------------------------------------------------------------
1157 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1158 --------------------------------------------------------------
1159 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1160 --------------------------------------------------------------
1161 Paste Paste Paste
1162 --------------------------------------------------------------
1163 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1164 --------------------------------------------------------------
1165
1166 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1167 or diagonally.
1168
1169 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1170 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1171 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1172 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1173 poly-lines.
1174
1175 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1176 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1177 overwrite means the opposite.
1178
1179 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1180 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1181 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1182
1183 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1184
1185 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1186 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1187
1188 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1189 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1190 are currently drawing something.
1191
1192 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1193 some time to fill.
1194
1195
1196 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1197 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1198
1199
1200 Settings
1201
1202 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1203
1204 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1205
1206 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1207
1208 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1209
1210 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1211 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1212
1213 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1214
1215
1216 Drawing with keys
1217
1218 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1219 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1220 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1221 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1222 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1223 When pasting: Pastes
1224
1225 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1226
1227 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1228
1229 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1230 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1231 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1232 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1233 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1234 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1235
1236
1237 Arrows
1238
1239 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1240 of the line/poly-line
1241
1242 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1243 of the line/poly-line
1244
1245
1246 Selecting operation
1247
1248 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1249
1250 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1251 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1252 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1253 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1254 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1255 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1256 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1257 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1258 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1259 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1260 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1261 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1262 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1263 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1264 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1265 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1266 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1267 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1268 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1269 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1270
1271
1272 Variables
1273
1274 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1275 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1276
1277 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1278 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1279 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1280 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1281 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1282 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1283 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1284 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1285 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1286 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1287 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1288 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1289 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1290 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1291 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1292 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1293 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1294 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1295 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1296
1297 Hooks
1298
1299 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1300 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1301
1302
1303 Keymap summary
1304
1305 \\{artist-mode-map}
1306
1307 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1308
1309 ;;;***
1310 \f
1311 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17390
1312 ;;;;;; 27404))
1313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1314
1315 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1316 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1317 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1318
1319 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1320 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1321 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1322 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1323
1324 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1325 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1326
1327 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1328 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1329
1330 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1331
1332 Special commands:
1333 \\{asm-mode-map}
1334
1335 \(fn)" t nil)
1336
1337 ;;;***
1338 \f
1339 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1340 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1341 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1342
1343 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1344 Obsolete.")
1345
1346 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1347
1348 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1349 This command is obsolete.
1350
1351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1352
1353 ;;;***
1354 \f
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (17390 26935))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1358
1359 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1360 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1361 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1362
1363 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1364
1365 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1366
1367 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1368 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1369 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1370 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1371 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1372 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1373 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1374 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1375 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1376 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1377
1378 For example:
1379 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1380 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1381 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1382 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1383 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1384
1385 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1386
1387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1388
1389 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1390 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1391 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1393 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1394
1395 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1396
1397 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1398
1399 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1400 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1401 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1402 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1403 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1404 &c to supply digit arguments.
1405
1406 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1407
1408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1409
1410 ;;;***
1411 \f
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1413 ;;;;;; (17390 27404))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1415
1416 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1417 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1418
1419 \(fn)" t nil)
1420
1421 ;;;***
1422 \f
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1424 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17390 26935))
1425 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1426
1427 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1428 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1429 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1430
1431 \(fn)" t nil)
1432
1433 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1435 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1436 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1437
1438 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1439
1440 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1445
1446 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1447
1448 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1449
1450 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1451 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1452 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1453 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1454
1455 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1456 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1463 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1464 ;;;;;; (17411 12435))
1465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1466
1467 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1468 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1469 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1470 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1471 save the buffer too.
1472
1473 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1474
1475 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1476
1477 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1478 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1479 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1480 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1481 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1482 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1483
1484 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1485 directory or directories specified.
1486
1487 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1488
1489 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1490 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1491 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1492
1493 \(fn)" nil nil)
1494
1495 ;;;***
1496 \f
1497 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1498 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1499 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17390 26935))
1500 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1501
1502 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1503 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1504
1505 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1506 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1507 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1508 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1509 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1510
1511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1512
1513 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1514 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1515
1516 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1517 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1518
1519 \(fn)" nil nil)
1520
1521 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1522 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1523 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1524
1525 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1526 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1527 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1528 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1529 reflected in the current buffer.
1530
1531 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1532 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1533 writing before you save the file!
1534
1535 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1540 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1541
1542 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1543 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1544
1545 \(fn)" nil nil)
1546
1547 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1548 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1549 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1551 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1552
1553 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1554
1555 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1556
1557 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1558 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1559
1560 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1561 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1562 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1563
1564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1569 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17390 26935))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1571
1572 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1573 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1574 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1576 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1577
1578 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1579
1580 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1581 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1582 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1583 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1584
1585 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1586 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1587 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1588
1589 Effects of the different modes:
1590 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1591 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1592 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1593 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1594 a random distance & direction.
1595 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1596 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1597 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1598
1599 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1600
1601 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1602 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1603 definition of \"random distance\".)
1604
1605 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1610 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1612
1613 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1614 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1615
1616 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1617 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1618
1619 For example:
1620
1621 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1622 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1623 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1624 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1625
1626 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1627
1628 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1629
1630 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1631
1632 ;;;***
1633 \f
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1635 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
1636 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1637 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1638
1639 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1641 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1643
1644 \(fn)" t nil)
1645
1646 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1651
1652 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1653
1654 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1655
1656 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1657 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1658 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1659 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1660 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1661 seconds.
1662
1663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1664
1665 ;;;***
1666 \f
1667 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1668 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1670
1671 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1672 Time execution of FORMS.
1673 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1674 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1675 FORMS once.
1676 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1677 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1678 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1679
1680 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681
1682 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1683 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1684 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1685 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1686 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1687
1688 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1689
1690 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1691 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1692 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1693 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1694 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1695
1696 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1697
1698 ;;;***
1699 \f
1700 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17441
1701 ;;;;;; 26667))
1702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1703
1704 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1705 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1706
1707 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1708
1709 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1710 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1711 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1712 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1713
1714 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1715 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1716 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1717 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1718 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1719
1720 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1721 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1722
1723
1724 Special information:
1725
1726 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1727
1728 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1729 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1730 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1731 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1732 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1733 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1734 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1735 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1736 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1737 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1738 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1739
1740 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1741 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1742 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1743 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1744 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1745 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1746 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1747 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1748
1749 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1750
1751 ----------------------------------------------------------
1752 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1753 if that value is non-nil.
1754
1755 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1756
1757 \(fn)" t nil)
1758
1759 ;;;***
1760 \f
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1762 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1763 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1765
1766 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1767
1768 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1769 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1770 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1771
1772 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1773
1774 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1775 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1776
1777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1778
1779 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1780 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1781
1782 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1787 ;;;;;; 38807))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1789
1790 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1791 Play blackbox.
1792 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1793
1794 What is blackbox?
1795
1796 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1797 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1798 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1799 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1800 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1801 your score.
1802
1803 Overview of play:
1804
1805 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1806 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1807 four.
1808
1809 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1810 movement keys.
1811
1812 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1813 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1814
1815 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1816 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1817
1818 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1819 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1820 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1821 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1822 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1823 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1824
1825 Details:
1826
1827 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1828
1829 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1830 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1831 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1832 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1833
1834 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1835 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1836 denoted by the letter `R'.
1837
1838 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1839 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1840 denoted by the letter `H'.
1841
1842 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1843 example.
1844
1845 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1846 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1847 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1848 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1849 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1850 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1851 ray.
1852
1853 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1854 degree deflection it causes.
1855
1856 1
1857 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1858 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1860 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1862 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1863 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1864 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1865 2 3
1866
1867 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1868 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1869
1870
1871 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1872 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1873 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1878 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1879
1880 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1881 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1882 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1883 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1884 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1885 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1886 emerging from the box.
1887
1888 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1889
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1893 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1894 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1895 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1896 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1897 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898
1899 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1900 a reflection.
1901
1902 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1903
1904 ;;;***
1905 \f
1906 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1907 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1908 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1909 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
1910 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1911 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1912 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1913 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1914
1915 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1916 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1917 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1918 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1919 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1920 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1921 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1922 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1923 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1924 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1925 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1926 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1927 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1928 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1929 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1930 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1931 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1932 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1933 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1934
1935 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1936 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1937 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1938 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1939 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1940 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1941 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1942 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1943 recent one.
1944
1945 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1946 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1947 yank successive words.
1948
1949 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1950 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1951 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1952 name of the file being visited.
1953
1954 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1955 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1956 the list of bookmarks.)
1957
1958 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1959
1960 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1961 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1962 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1963 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1964 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1965 this.
1966
1967 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1968 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1969 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1970 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1971
1972 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1975 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1976 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1977 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1978 after a bookmark was set in it.
1979
1980 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1981
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1983 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1984 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1985 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1986
1987 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1988
1989 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1990
1991 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1992 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1993 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1994 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1995
1996 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1997 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1998 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1999
2000 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2001 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2002 name.
2003
2004 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2012
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2016 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2017 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2018 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2019 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2020 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2021 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2022 probably because we were called from there.
2023
2024 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2027 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2028 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2029
2030 \(fn)" t nil)
2031
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2033 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2034 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2035 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2036 \(second argument).
2037
2038 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2039 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2040 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2041 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2042 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2043
2044 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2045 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2046 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2047 `bookmark-default-file'.
2048
2049 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2050
2051 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2052 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2053 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2054 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2055 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2056 while loading.
2057
2058 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2059 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2060 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2061 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2062 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2063 explicitly.
2064
2065 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2066 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2067 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2068 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2069
2070 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2071
2072 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2073 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2074 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2075 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2076 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2077
2078 \(fn)" t nil)
2079
2080 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2081
2082 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2083
2084 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2085
2086 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2087
2088 ;;;***
2089 \f
2090 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2091 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2092 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2093 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2094 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2095 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2096 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2097 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2098 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2099 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17390 26944))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2101
2102 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2103 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2104 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2105 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2106
2107 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2108 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2109 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2110 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2111 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2112
2113 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2114
2115 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2116 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2117
2118 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2119
2120 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2121 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2122
2123 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2124
2125 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2126 Not documented
2127
2128 \(fn)" nil nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2132 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2133 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2134 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2135 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2136
2137 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2140 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2141 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2142 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2143 narrowed.
2144
2145 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2146
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2148 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2149
2150 \(fn)" t nil)
2151
2152 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2153 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2154
2155 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2156
2157 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2158 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2159 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2160 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2161
2162 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2163
2164 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2165 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2166 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2167 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2168
2169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2172 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2173 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2174 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2175 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2176 to use.
2177
2178 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2181 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2182 Default to the URL around or before point.
2183
2184 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2185 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2186 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2187 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2188
2189 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2190 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2191
2192 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2193 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2194 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2197
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2200 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2201 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2202
2203 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2204 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2205 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2206 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2207
2208 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2209 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2210 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2211
2212 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2213 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2214
2215 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2218 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2219 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2220 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2221
2222 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2223 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2224 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2225 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2226
2227 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2228 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2229 new tab in an existing window instead.
2230
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2232 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2233
2234 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2238 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2239 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2240 Firefox.
2241
2242 When called interactively, if variable
2243 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2244 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2245 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2246 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2247
2248 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2249 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2250 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2251
2252 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2253 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2256 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2257 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2258 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2259 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2260 URL in a new window.
2261
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2268
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2273
2274 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2277
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2286 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2287
2288 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2289 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2290 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2291 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2292
2293 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2294 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295
2296 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2299 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2300
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2302 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2303 program is invoked according to the variable
2304 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2305
2306 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2307 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2308 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2309 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310
2311 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2312 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2313
2314 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2315
2316 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2317 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2318 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2319 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2320
2321 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2325 Default to the URL around or before point.
2326
2327 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2328 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2329 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2330
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2335
2336 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2337 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point.
2344
2345 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2349 Default to the URL around or before point.
2350
2351 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2352 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2353 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354
2355 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2356 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2364
2365 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2370 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2371 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2377 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2378 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2379
2380 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2381 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2382 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2397 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2398 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2399 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2401 current one.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2405 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2406 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2416 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2417 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2418 don't offer a form of remote control.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 ;;;***
2429 \f
2430 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17383
2431 ;;;;;; 38807))
2432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2433
2434 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2435 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2436
2437 \(fn)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2440 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2441
2442 \(fn)" nil nil)
2443
2444 ;;;***
2445 \f
2446 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2447 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17396 42170))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2449
2450 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2451 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2452 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2453 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2454
2455 \(fn)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2458 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2459 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2460 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2461
2462 \(fn)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2465 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2466
2467 \(fn)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2470 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2471 \\<bs-mode-map>
2472 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2473 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2474 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2475 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2476
2477 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2478 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2479 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2480 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2481 name of buffer configuration.
2482
2483 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2484
2485 ;;;***
2486 \f
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2488 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2489 ;;;;;; 26935))
2490 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2491
2492 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2493 Keymap used by buttons.")
2494
2495 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2496 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2497 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2498
2499 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2500 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2501 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2502 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2503 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2504 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2505
2506 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2507 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2508 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2509 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2510
2511 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2512
2513 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2514 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2515 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2516 specifying properties to add to the button.
2517 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2518 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2519 `define-button-type'.
2520
2521 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2522
2523 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2524
2525 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2526 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2527 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2528 specifying properties to add to the button.
2529 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2530 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2531 `define-button-type'.
2532
2533 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2534
2535 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2536
2537 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2544
2545 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2546 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2547 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2548 `make-text-button'.
2549
2550 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2551
2552 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2553
2554 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2555 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2556 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2557 specifying properties to add to the button.
2558 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2559 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2560 `define-button-type'.
2561
2562 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2563 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2564 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2565 `insert-text-button'.
2566
2567 Also see `make-text-button'.
2568
2569 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2570
2571 ;;;***
2572 \f
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2574 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2575 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2576 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2577 ;;;;;; (17356 16192))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2579
2580 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2581 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2582 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2583
2584 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2585
2586 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2587 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2588 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2589 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2590
2591 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2592 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2593 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2594 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2595 whether to compile it.
2596
2597 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2598
2599 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2600 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2601
2602 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2605 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2606 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2607 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2608 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2609
2610 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2613 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2614 Print the result in the echo area.
2615 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2616
2617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2620 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2621 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2622
2623 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2624
2625 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2627 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2628 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2629 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2630 all functions called by those functions.
2631
2632 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2633 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2634 cons, etc.).
2635
2636 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2637 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2638 invoked interactively.
2639
2640 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2641
2642 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2643 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2644 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2645 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2646
2647 \(fn)" nil nil)
2648
2649 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2650 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2651 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2652 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2653 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2655 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2656 already up-to-date.
2657
2658 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2659
2660 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2661 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2662 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2663 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2664
2665 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2666 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2667 and corresponding effects.
2668
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2670
2671 ;;;***
2672 \f
2673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17390 27324))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2675
2676 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2677
2678 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2679
2680 ;;;***
2681 \f
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2683 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2684 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2685
2686 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2687 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2688 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2689 from the cursor position.
2690
2691 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2692
2693 ;;;***
2694 \f
2695 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2696 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2697 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2700
2701 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2702 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2703
2704 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2705 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2708 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2709
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711
2712 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2713 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2714
2715 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2716
2717 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2719
2720 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2721
2722 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2723 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2724
2725 \(fn)" t nil)
2726
2727 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2728 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2729 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2730 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2731
2732 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2733
2734 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2735 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2736 This is most useful in the X window system.
2737 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2738 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2741
2742 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2743 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2744 See calc-keypad for details.
2745
2746 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2747
2748 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2749 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2750
2751 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2754 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2755
2756 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2757
2758 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2759 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2760
2761 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2764 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2765 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2766
2767 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2768
2769 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2770 Not documented
2771
2772 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2773
2774 ;;;***
2775 \f
2776 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2777 ;;;;;; 26935))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2779
2780 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2781 Run the Emacs calculator.
2782 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2783
2784 \(fn)" t nil)
2785
2786 ;;;***
2787 \f
2788 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2789 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2790 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2791 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2792 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2793 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2794 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2795 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2796 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2797 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2798 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2799 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2800 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2801 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2802 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2803 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2804 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2805 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17427 41284))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2807
2808 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2809 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2810 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2811 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2812 the screen.")
2813
2814 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2815
2816 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2817 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2818 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2819 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2820 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2821 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2822
2823 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2824
2825 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2826 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2827 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2828
2829 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2830
2831 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2832 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2833 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2834
2835 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2836
2837 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2838 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2839 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2840 displayed.")
2841
2842 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2843
2844 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2845 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2846 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2847
2848 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2849
2850 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2852 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2853
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2855
2856 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2857
2858 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2859 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2860 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2861
2862 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2863 calendar.")
2864
2865 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2866
2867 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2868 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2869 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2870
2871 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2872 calendar.")
2873
2874 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2875
2876 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2877 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2878 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2879
2880 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2881 calendar.")
2882
2883 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2884
2885 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2886 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2887 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2888
2889 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2890
2891 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2892 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2893 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2894 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2895 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2896
2897 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2898
2899 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2900 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2901 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2902 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2903 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2904 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2905 a function is also provided for this:
2906 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2907
2908 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2909 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2910 date is not visible in the window.
2911
2912 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2913 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2914 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2915
2916 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2917
2918 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2919 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2920
2921 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2922 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2923 date is visible in the window.
2924
2925 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2926 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2927 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2930
2931 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2932 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2933
2934 For example,
2935
2936 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2937
2938 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2939
2940 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2941
2942 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2943 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2944
2945 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2946 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2947
2948 MONTH/DAY
2949 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2950 MONTHNAME DAY
2951 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2952 DAYNAME
2953
2954 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2955 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2956 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2957 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2958 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2959 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2960 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2961 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2962 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2963 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2964 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2965 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2966 in every week.
2967
2968 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2969 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2970 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2971 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2972
2973 DAY/MONTH
2974 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2975 DAY MONTHNAME
2976 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2977 DAYNAME
2978
2979 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2980 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2981
2982 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2983 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2984 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2985 window but will appear in a diary window.
2986
2987 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2988 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2989
2990 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2991 entries (in the default American style):
2992
2993 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2994 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2995 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2996 21: Payday
2997 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2998 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2999 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3000 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3001 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3002 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3003 &* 15 time cards due.
3004
3005 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3006 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3007 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3008 single diary entry
3009
3010 02/11/1989
3011 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3012 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3013 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3014 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3015 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3016 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3017
3018 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3019 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3020 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3021
3022 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3023
3024 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3025
3026 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3027 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3028 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3029 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3030 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3031 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3032 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3033 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3034 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3035 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3036 details.
3037
3038 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3039 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3040 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3041 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3042 documentation for these functions for details.
3043
3044 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3045 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3048
3049 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3050 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3051
3052 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3053
3054 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3055 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3056
3057 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3058
3059 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3060 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3063
3064 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3065 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3066
3067 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3068
3069 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3070 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3071 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3072
3073 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3074
3075 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3076 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3077 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3078
3079 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3080
3081 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3082 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3083 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3084 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3085 full.")
3086
3087 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3088
3089 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3090 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3091 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3092 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3093 are
3094
3095 DAY/MONTH
3096 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3097 DAY MONTHNAME
3098 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3099 DAYNAME
3100
3101 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3102 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3103 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3104 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3105 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3106 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3107
3108 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3109
3110 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3111 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3112 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3113
3114 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3115
3116 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3117 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3118 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3119
3120 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3121
3122 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3123 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3124 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3125
3126 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3127
3128 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3129 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3130 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3131
3132 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3133
3134 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3135 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3136 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3137 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3138 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3139 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3140
3141 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3142
3143 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3144 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3145 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3146
3147 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3148 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3149 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3150 of the form
3151
3152 #include \"filename\"
3153
3154 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3155 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3156 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3157 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3158 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3159
3160 For example, you could use
3161
3162 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3163 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3164 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3165
3166 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3167 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3168 lexicographic order.")
3169
3170 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3171
3172 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3173 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3174 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3175
3176 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3177
3178 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3179 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3180 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3181 diary display.
3182
3183 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3184 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3185 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3186 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3187 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3188 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3189 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3190
3191 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3192 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3193 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3194 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3195 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3196 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3197 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3198 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3199
3200 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3201
3202 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3203 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3204 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3205 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3206 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3207 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3208 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3209
3210 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3211
3212 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3213 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3214
3215 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3216 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3217 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3218 of the form
3219 #include \"filename\"
3220 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3221 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3222 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3223 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3224 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3225
3226 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3227
3228 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3229 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3230 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3231 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3232 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3233 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3234 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3235
3236 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3237
3238 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3239 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3240 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3241 are holidays.")
3242
3243 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3244
3245 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3246 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3247 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3248 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3249 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3250
3251 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3252
3253 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3254
3255 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3256 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3257 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3258
3259 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3260
3261 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3262
3263 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3264 Oriental holidays.
3265 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3266
3267 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3268
3269 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3270
3271 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3272 Local holidays.
3273 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3274
3275 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3276
3277 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3278
3279 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3280 User defined holidays.
3281 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3282
3283 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3284
3285 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3286
3287 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3288
3289 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3290
3291 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3292
3293 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3294
3295 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3296
3297 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3298
3299 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3300
3301 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3302
3303 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3304 Jewish holidays.
3305 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3306
3307 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3308
3309 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3310
3311 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3312 Christian holidays.
3313 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3314
3315 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3316
3317 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3318
3319 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3320 Islamic holidays.
3321 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3322
3323 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3324
3325 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3326
3327 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3328 Baha'i holidays.
3329 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3330
3331 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3332
3333 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3334
3335 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3336 Sun-related holidays.
3337 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3338
3339 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3340
3341 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3342
3343 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3344 The frame setup of the calendar.
3345 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3346 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3347 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3348 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3349 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3350
3351 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3352
3353 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3354 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3355 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3356
3357 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3358 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3359
3360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3361
3362 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3363 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3364 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3365
3366 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3367 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3368 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3369 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3370
3371 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3372
3373 ;;;***
3374 \f
3375 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3376 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3378
3379 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3380 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3381
3382 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3383
3384 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3385 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3386 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3387 it fails.
3388
3389 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3390
3391 ;;;***
3392 \f
3393 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3394 ;;;;;; (17411 11765))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3396
3397 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3398 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3399
3400 \(fn)" nil nil)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3405 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (17411 11765))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3408
3409 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3410 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3411 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3412 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3413 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3414 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3415 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3416
3417 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3418
3419 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3420 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3422 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3423 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3424 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3425 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3427
3428 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3429 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3430 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3431 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3432 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3433 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3434
3435 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3436
3437 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3438 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3439
3440 Key bindings:
3441 \\{c-mode-map}
3442
3443 \(fn)" t nil)
3444
3445 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3446 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3447
3448 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3449 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3450 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3451 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3452 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3453 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3454 message.
3455
3456 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3457
3458 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3459 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3460
3461 Key bindings:
3462 \\{c++-mode-map}
3463
3464 \(fn)" t nil)
3465
3466 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3467 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3468 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3469
3470 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3471 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3472 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3473 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3474 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3475 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3476 message.
3477
3478 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3479
3480 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3481 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3482
3483 Key bindings:
3484 \\{objc-mode-map}
3485
3486 \(fn)" t nil)
3487
3488 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3489 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3491
3492 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing Java code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3496 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3497 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3498 message.
3499
3500 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3501
3502 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3503 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3504
3505 Key bindings:
3506 \\{java-mode-map}
3507
3508 \(fn)" t nil)
3509
3510 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3511 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3512 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3513
3514 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3515 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3516 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3517 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3518 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3519 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3520 message.
3521
3522 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3523
3524 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3525 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3526
3527 Key bindings:
3528 \\{idl-mode-map}
3529
3530 \(fn)" t nil)
3531
3532 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3533 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3536
3537 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3538 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3539 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3540 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3541 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3542 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3543 message.
3544
3545 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3546
3547 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3548 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3549
3550 Key bindings:
3551 \\{pike-mode-map}
3552
3553 \(fn)" t nil)
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3559 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3560
3561 ;;;***
3562 \f
3563 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17411 11765))
3565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3566
3567 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3568 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3569 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3570 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3571
3572 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3573
3574 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3575 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3576 might get set too.
3577
3578 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3579 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3580 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3581 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3582 way.
3583
3584 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3585 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3586 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3587 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3588 a null operation.
3589
3590 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3591
3592 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3593 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3594 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3595 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3596
3597 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3598
3599 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3600 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3601 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3602
3603 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3604
3605 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3606 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3607 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3608 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3609 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3610
3611 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3612
3613 ;;;***
3614 \f
3615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17390
3616 ;;;;;; 27407))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3618 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3619
3620 ;;;***
3621 \f
3622 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3623 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3624 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
3625 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3626
3627 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3628 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3629
3630 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3631
3632 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3633 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3634
3635 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3636
3637 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3639
3640 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3641 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3642 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3643 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3644 execution.
3645
3646 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3647
3648 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3649
3650 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3651 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3652
3653 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3654 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3655 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3656 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3657
3658 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3659 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3660 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3661 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3662 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3663 `write' commands.
3664
3665 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3666 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3667 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3668 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3669
3670 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3671 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3672 semantics.
3673
3674 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3675
3676 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3677
3678 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3679
3680 STATEMENT :=
3681 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3682 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3683
3684 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3685 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3686 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3687 | integer
3688
3689 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3690
3691 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3692 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3693 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3694
3695 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3696 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3697 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3698
3699 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3700 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3701
3702 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3703 BREAK := (break)
3704
3705 REPEAT :=
3706 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3707 (repeat)
3708 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3709 ;; (repeat))
3710 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3711 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3712 ;; (read REG)
3713 ;; (repeat))
3714 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3715 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3716 ;; (read REG)
3717 ;; (repeat))
3718 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3719
3720 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3721 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3722 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3723 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3724 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3725 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3726 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3727 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3728 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3729 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3730 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3731 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3732 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3733 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3734 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3735 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3736
3737 WRITE :=
3738 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3739 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3740 ;; representation.
3741 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3742 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3743 ;; (write r7))
3744 | (write EXPRESSION)
3745 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3746 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3747 ;; representation.
3748 | (write integer)
3749 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3750 ;; buffer.
3751 | (write string)
3752 ;; Same as: (write string)
3753 | string
3754 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3755 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3756 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3757 ;; representation.
3758 | (write REG ARRAY)
3759 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3760 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3761 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3762 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3763 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3764 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3765
3766 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3767 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3768
3769 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3770 END := (end)
3771
3772 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3773 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3774 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3775
3776 ARG := REG | integer
3777
3778 OPERATOR :=
3779 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3780 + | - | * | / | %
3781
3782 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3783 | & | `|' | ^
3784
3785 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3786 | << | >>
3787
3788 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3789 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3790 | <8
3791
3792 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3793 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3794 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3795 | >8
3796
3797 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3798 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3799 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3800 | //
3801
3802 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3803 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3804
3805 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3806 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3807 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3808 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3809 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3810 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3811 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3812 | de-sjis
3813
3814 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3815 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3816 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3817 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3818 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3819 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3820 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3821 ;; byte of SJIS.
3822 | en-sjis
3823
3824 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3825 ;; Same meaning as C code
3826 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3827
3828 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3829 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3830 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3831 | <8=
3832
3833 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3834 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3835 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3836
3837 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3838 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3839 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3840 | //=
3841
3842 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3843
3844
3845 TRANSLATE :=
3846 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3847 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3848 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3849 LOOKUP :=
3850 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3851 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3852 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3853 MAP :=
3854 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3855 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3856 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3857 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3858 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3859 MAP-ID := integer
3860
3861 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3862
3863 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3864 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3865 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3866 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3867 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3868 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3869
3870 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3871
3872 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3873 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3874 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3875
3876 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3877
3878 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3879
3880 ;;;***
3881 \f
3882 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3883 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
3884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3885
3886 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3887 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3888 There are no special keybindings by default.
3889
3890 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3891 to the action header.
3892
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3894
3895 ;;;***
3896 \f
3897 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3898 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3899 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3900 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3901 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3902 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3903 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3904 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3905 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
3906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3907
3908 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3909 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3910 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3911 the users will view as each check is completed.
3912
3913 \(fn)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3916 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3917 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3918 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3919 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3920 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3921 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3922 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3923
3924 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3927 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3928 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3929 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3930 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3931 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3932 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3933 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3934
3935 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3938 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3939 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3940 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3941 spacing are all verified.
3942
3943 \(fn)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3947 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3948 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3949 otherwise stop after the first error.
3950
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3955 Only documentation strings are checked.
3956 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3957 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3958 a separate buffer.
3959
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3963 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3964 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3965 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3966 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3967
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3972 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3973 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3974 if there is one.
3975
3976 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3979 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3980 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3981 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3982 if there is one.
3983 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3984
3985 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3989 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3990
3991 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3995 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3996 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3997 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3998
3999 \(fn)" t nil)
4000
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4003 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4004 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4005 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4006 space at the end of each line.
4007
4008 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4011 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4012 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4013 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4014
4015 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4019 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4020 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4021
4022 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4023
4024 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4025 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4026 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4027 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4028
4029 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4030
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4033 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4034 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4035
4036 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4037
4038 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4039 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4040 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4042
4043 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4047 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4048 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4049
4050 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4051
4052 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4053 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4054 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4055 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4056
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4061 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4062 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4063
4064 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4068 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4069 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4070
4071 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4075 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4076
4077 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4078 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4079 checking of documentation strings.
4080
4081 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4082
4083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4084
4085 ;;;***
4086 \f
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4088 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17279
4089 ;;;;;; 27080))
4090 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4091
4092 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4093 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4094 Return the length of resulting text.
4095
4096 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4097
4098 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4099 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4100
4101 \(fn)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4104 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4105 Return the length of resulting text.
4106
4107 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4108
4109 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4110 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4111
4112 \(fn)" t nil)
4113
4114 ;;;***
4115 \f
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4117 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17390 26936))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4119
4120 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4121 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4122 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4123 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4124 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4125 editing and the result is evaluated.
4126
4127 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4130 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4131 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4132 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4133 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4134
4135 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4136
4137 \(fn)" t nil)
4138
4139 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4140 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4141 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4142 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4143 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4144
4145 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4146 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4147 \\{command-history-map}
4148
4149 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4150 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4151
4152 \(fn)" t nil)
4153
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17390 26938))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4158
4159 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4160 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4161 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4162 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4163 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4164 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4165
4166 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4167 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4168
4169 ;;;***
4170 \f
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4172 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
4173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4174
4175 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4176 Not documented
4177
4178 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4179
4180 ;;;***
4181 \f
4182 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4183 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4185
4186 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4187 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4188 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4189 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4190
4191 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4192 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4193 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4194 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4195
4196 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4197 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4198
4199 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4200
4201 ;;;***
4202 \f
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17390
4204 ;;;;;; 26936))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4206
4207 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4208 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4209 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4210 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4211 of `scheme-program-name').
4212 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4213 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4214 discards input when it starts up.
4215 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4216 is run).
4217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4218
4219 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4220 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4221
4222 ;;;***
4223 \f
4224 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4225 ;;;;;; (17357 6508))
4226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4227
4228 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4229 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4230 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4231 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4232 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4233 ?* is used.
4234 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4235
4236 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4246 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4247 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4248 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4249 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4250 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4251 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4252 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4253 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4254 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4255 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4256 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4257 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4258 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4259 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4260 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4261 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4262 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4263 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4264 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4265 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4266 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4267 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4268 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4269 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4270 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4271 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4272 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4273 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4274 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4275 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4276 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4277 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4278 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4279 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4280
4281 ;;;***
4282 \f
4283 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4284 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4285 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17279 27171))
4286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4287
4288 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4289 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4290 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4291 ASCII table.
4292
4293 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4294 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4295 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4296 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4297
4298 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4299
4300 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4301 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4302 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4303
4304 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4305
4306 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4307 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4308 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4309
4310 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4313 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4314 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4315
4316 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4317
4318 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4319 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4320
4321 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4322 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4323 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4324
4325 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4326 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4327
4328 \(fn)" nil nil)
4329
4330 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4331 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4332
4333 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4334 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4335 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4336
4337 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4338
4339 ;;;***
4340 \f
4341 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4342 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4343 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4344 ;;;;;; (17454 30950))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4346
4347 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4348 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4349 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4350 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4351 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4352 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4353 functions have already modified the buffer.
4354
4355 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4356
4357 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4358 either globally or locally.")
4359
4360 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4361
4362 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4363 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4364 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4365 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4366 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4367 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4368 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4369 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4370
4371 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4372
4373 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4374
4375 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4376 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4377 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4378 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4379 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4380 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4381 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4382 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4383
4384 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4385
4386 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4387
4388 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4389 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4390 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4391 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4392 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4393 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4394
4395 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4396
4397 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4398 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4399 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4400 directory tracking functions.")
4401
4402 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4403 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4404 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4405
4406 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4407
4408 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4409
4410 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4411 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4412 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4413
4414 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4415
4416 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4417
4418 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4419 Send COMMAND to current process.
4420 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4421 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4422
4423 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4424
4425 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4426 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4427 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4428 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4429
4430 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17407
4435 ;;;;;; 3111))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4437
4438 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4439 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4440 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4441 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4442
4443 This command pushes the mark in each window
4444 at the prior location of point in that window.
4445 If both windows display the same buffer,
4446 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4447 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4448
4449 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4450 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4451 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4452 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4453 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4454 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4455 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4456 ignored.
4457
4458 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4459 this command work in interlaced mode:
4460 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4461 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4462 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4463
4464 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4465
4466 ;;;***
4467 \f
4468 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4469 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4470 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4471 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4472 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17390 27407))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4474
4475 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4476 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4477
4478 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4479
4480 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4481 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4482
4483 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4484
4485 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4486 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4487 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4488 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4489 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4490 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4491 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4492
4493 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4494 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4495 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4496 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4497 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4498
4499 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4500 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4501 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4502 describing how the process finished.")
4503
4504 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4505 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4506 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4507 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4508
4509 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4510 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4511 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4512
4513 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4514
4515 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4516 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4517 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4518 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4519
4520 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4521
4522 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4523 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4524
4525 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4526 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4527
4528 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4529 (lambda ()
4530 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4531 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4532 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4533 (concat \"make -k \"
4534 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4535
4536 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4537
4538 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4539 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4540 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4541 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4542
4543 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4544
4545 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4546 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4547 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4548 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4549
4550 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4551 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4552
4553 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4554 and move to the source code that caused it.
4555
4556 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4557 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4558 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4559 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4560
4561 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4562 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4563 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4564 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4565 subprocesses.
4566
4567 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4568 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4569 to a function that generates a unique name.
4570
4571 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4574 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4575 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4576 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4577
4578 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4579 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4580 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4581 to determine the buffer name.
4582
4583 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4584 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4585 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4586
4587 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4588
4589 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4590
4591 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4592 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4593 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4594 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4595 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4596
4597 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4598
4599 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4600
4601 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4604 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4605 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4606 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4607 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4608 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4609 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4610
4611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4612
4613 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4614 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4615 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4616 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4617 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4618 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4619
4620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4621
4622 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4623 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4624 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4625
4626 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4627
4628 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4629
4630 ;;;***
4631 \f
4632 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4633 ;;;;;; (17425 24465))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4635
4636 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4637 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4638 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4640 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4641
4642 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4643
4644 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4645
4646 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4647 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4648 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4649
4650 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4651 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4652 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4653 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4654
4655 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4656 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4657 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4658 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4659
4660 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4661 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4662 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4663 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4664
4665 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4666 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4667 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4668 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4669 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4670
4671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4672
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4678
4679 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4680 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4681 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4683 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4684
4685 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4686
4687 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4688
4689 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4690 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4691
4692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4693
4694 ;;;***
4695 \f
4696 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4697 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4698 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4699 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17327 23539))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4701
4702 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4703 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4704 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4705 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4706 `make-composition'.
4707
4708 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4709
4710 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4711 | | 1:tc or top-center
4712 | | 2:tr or top-right
4713 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4714 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4715 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4716 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4717 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4718 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4719
4720 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4721 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4722 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4723 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4724 be added.
4725
4726 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4727 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4728 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4729
4730 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4731 | | |
4732 | global| |
4733 | glyph | |
4734 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4735 +----+--*--+
4736 | | new |
4737 | |glyph|
4738 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4739 ")
4740
4741 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4742 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4743 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4744 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4745
4746 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4747
4748 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4749 Compose characters in the current region.
4750
4751 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4752 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4753
4754 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4755
4756 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4757 specifying the region.
4758
4759 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4760 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4761 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4762
4763 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4764 of the text in the region.
4765
4766 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4767
4768 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4769 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4770 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4771 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4772
4773 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4774 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4775 detail.
4776
4777 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4778 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4779 text in the composition.
4780
4781 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4782
4783 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4784 Decompose text in the current region.
4785
4786 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4787 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4788
4789 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4790
4791 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4792 Compose characters in string STRING.
4793
4794 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4795 the characters in it.
4796
4797 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4798 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4799 STRING respectively.
4800
4801 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4802 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4803 `compose-region' for more detail.
4804
4805 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4806 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4807 text in the composition.
4808
4809 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4810
4811 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4812 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4813
4814 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4815
4816 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4817 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4818 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4819 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4820 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4821 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4822 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4823 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4824
4825 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4826
4827 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4828 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4829
4830 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4831 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4832
4833 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4834 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4835
4836 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4837 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4838
4839 If no composition is found, return nil.
4840
4841 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4842 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4843
4844 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4845 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4846 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4847
4848 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4849
4850 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4851
4852 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4853 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4854 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4855
4856 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4857
4858 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4859
4860 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4861
4862 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4863 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4864
4865 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4866 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4867 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4868 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4869 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4870 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4871 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4872 nil.
4873
4874 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4875 is:
4876 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4877 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4878
4879 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4880
4881 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4882 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4883
4884 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4885
4886 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4887
4888 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Compose last characters.
4890 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4891 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4892 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4893 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4894 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4895 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4896 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4897 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4898 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4899 after a sequence of character events.
4900
4901 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4902 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4903
4904 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4905 Convert CHAR to string.
4906
4907 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4908 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4909 vector of CHAR respectively.
4910 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4911
4912 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4913
4914 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4915
4916 ;;;***
4917 \f
4918 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4919 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4920 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17390 26946))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4922
4923 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4924 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4925 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4926 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4927 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4928 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4929 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4930
4931 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4932 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4933 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4934
4935 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4936 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4937 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4938
4939 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4940 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4941 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4942 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4943
4944 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4945 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4946 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4947 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4948 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4949 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4950 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4951
4952 \\{conf-mode-map}
4953
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4957 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4958 Comments start with `#'.
4959 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4960
4961 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4962
4963 \[Desktop Entry]
4964 Encoding=UTF-8
4965 Name=The GIMP
4966 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4967 Name[cs]=GIMP
4968
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4972 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4973 Comments start with `;'.
4974 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4975
4976 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4977
4978 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4979 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4980 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4981
4982 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4983 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4984
4985 \(fn)" t nil)
4986
4987 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4988 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4989 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4990 between `/*' and `*/'.
4991 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4992
4993 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4994 // another kind of comment
4995 /* yet another */
4996
4997 name:value
4998 name=value
4999 name value
5000 x.1 =
5001 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5002 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5003
5004 \(fn)" t nil)
5005
5006 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5007 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5008 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5009 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
5010 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
5011 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
5012 the keywords.
5013
5014 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5015
5016 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5017
5018 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5019 image/png png
5020 image/tiff tiff tif
5021
5022 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5023 class desktop
5024 # Standard multimedia devices
5025 add /dev/audio desktop
5026 add /dev/mixer desktop
5027
5028 \(fn)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5031 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5032 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5033 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5034
5035 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5036
5037 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5038 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5039
5040 \(fn)" t nil)
5041
5042 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5043 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5044 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5045 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5046
5047 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5048
5049 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5050 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5051
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5055 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5056 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5057 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5058
5059 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5060
5061 *background: gray99
5062 *foreground: black
5063
5064 \(fn)" t nil)
5065
5066 ;;;***
5067 \f
5068 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5069 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17383 38807))
5070 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5071
5072 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5073 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5074 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5075 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5076
5077 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5080 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5081 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5082 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5083
5084 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5085
5086 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5087 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5088 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5089 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5090
5091 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5094 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5095
5096 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5097
5098 ;;;***
5099 \f
5100 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5101 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5103
5104 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5105 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5106 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5107 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5108 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5109 following the copyright are updated as well.
5110 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5111 interactively.
5112
5113 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5116 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5117 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5118
5119 \(fn)" t nil)
5120
5121 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5122 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5123
5124 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5129 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5131
5132 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5133 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5134 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5135 Tab indents for Perl code.
5136 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5137 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5138
5139 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5140 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5141 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5142 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5143 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5144 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5145 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5146 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5147 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5148 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5149 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5150 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5151
5152 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5153
5154 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5155 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5156
5157 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5158
5159 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5160 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5161 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5162 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5163 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5164 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5165 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5166 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5167 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5168
5169 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5170
5171 bite if angry;
5172
5173 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5174 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5175 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5176 to nil.)
5177
5178 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5179 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5180 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5181
5182 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5183
5184 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5185 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5186 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5187 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5188 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5189
5190 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5191
5192 if (A) { B }
5193
5194 into
5195
5196 B if A;
5197
5198 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5199
5200 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5201 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5202 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5203 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5204 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5205 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5206 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5207 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5208 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5209 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5210 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5211 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5212 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5213
5214 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5215 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5216 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5217 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5218 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5219 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5220
5221 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5222 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5223 man via menu.
5224
5225 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5226 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5227 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5228 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5229 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5230
5231 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5232 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5233 span the needed amount of lines.
5234
5235 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5236 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5237 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5238 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5239
5240 Variables controlling indentation style:
5241 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5242 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5243 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5244 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5245 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5246 `cperl-auto-newline'
5247 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5248 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5249 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5250 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5251 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5252 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5253 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5254 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5255 `cperl-indent-level'
5256 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5257 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5258 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5259 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5260 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5261 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5262 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5263 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5264 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5265 `cperl-brace-offset'
5266 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5267 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5268 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5269 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5270 `cperl-label-offset'
5271 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5272 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5273 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5274
5275 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5276 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5277 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5278 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5279 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5280
5281 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5282 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5283 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5284 \(both available from menu).
5285
5286 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5287 column 0 is indented on
5288 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5289
5290 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5291 with no args.
5292
5293 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5294 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5295 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5296
5297 \(fn)" t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5304
5305 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5306 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5307 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5308 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5309 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5310
5311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5314 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5315
5316 \(fn)" t nil)
5317
5318 ;;;***
5319 \f
5320 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5321 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
5322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5323
5324 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5325 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5326 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5327 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5328
5329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5330 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5331
5332 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5333
5334 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5335 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5336 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5337
5338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5339
5340 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5341
5342 ;;;***
5343 \f
5344 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5345 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
5346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5347
5348 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5349 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5350 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5351 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5352
5353 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5354 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5355 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5356 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5357
5358 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5359 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5360 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5361
5362 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5363 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5364 'bob', and 'eve'.
5365
5366 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5367 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5368 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5369
5370 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5371
5372 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5373 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5374 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5375
5376 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5377
5378 ;;;***
5379 \f
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5381 ;;;;;; (17454 30835))
5382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5383
5384 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5385 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5386 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5388 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5389
5390 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5391
5392 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5393
5394 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5395 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5396 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5397 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5398 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5399
5400 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5401 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5402 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5403 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5404 function of these prefix keys.
5405
5406 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5407 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5408 options:
5409 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5410 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5411 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5412
5413 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5414 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5415 the prefix fallback behavior.
5416
5417 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5418 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5419 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5420 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5421
5422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5423
5424 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5425 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5426
5427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5428 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5429 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5430 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5431 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5432 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5433 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5434 (if user-init-file (concat
5435 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5436 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5437
5438 ;;;***
5439 \f
5440 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5441 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5442 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5443 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5444 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5445 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5446 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5447 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5448 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17441 26677))
5449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5450 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5451
5452 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5453 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5454
5455 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5456 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5457
5458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5459 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5460
5461 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5462
5463 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5467 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5468
5469 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5470 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5471
5472 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5473 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5474
5475 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5476 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5477
5478 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5479 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5480
5481 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5482
5483 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5484
5485 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5486 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5487 Return VALUE.
5488
5489 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5490 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5491
5492 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5493 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5494
5495 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5496 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5497
5498 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5499 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5500
5501 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5502
5503 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5504
5505 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5506 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5507 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5508 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5509 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5510
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5512
5513 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5514 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5515 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5516 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5517
5518 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5519
5520 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5521 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5522
5523 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5526 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5527
5528 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5529
5530 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5531
5532 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5533 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5534
5535 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5536
5537 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5538
5539 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5540 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5541 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5542
5543 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5544
5545 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5546
5547 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5548 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5549 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5550 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5551 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5552
5553 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5554 that were added or redefined since that version.
5555
5556 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5557
5558 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5559 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5560 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5561 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5562
5563 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5564 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5565
5566 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5567
5568 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5569 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5570 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5571
5572 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5573 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5574
5575 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5576
5577 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5578 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5579
5580 \(fn)" t nil)
5581
5582 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5584
5585 \(fn)" t nil)
5586
5587 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5588 Customize all already saved user options.
5589
5590 \(fn)" t nil)
5591
5592 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5593 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5594 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5595 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5596 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5597 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5598 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5599 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5600
5601 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5602
5603 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5605 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5606 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5607
5608 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5612
5613 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5614
5615 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5617
5618 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5619
5620 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5622 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5623 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5624 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5625 that option.
5626
5627 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5628
5629 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5631 The result includes selecting that window.
5632 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5633 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5634 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5635 that option.
5636
5637 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5638
5639 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5640 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5641
5642 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5643
5644 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5645 File used for storing customization information.
5646 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5647 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5648 it should be an absolute file name.
5649
5650 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5651 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5652 something like the following in your init file:
5653
5654 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5655 \(load custom-file)
5656
5657 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5658 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5659
5660 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5661 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5662 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5663 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5664 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5665
5666 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5667 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5668 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5669 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5670 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5671 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5672 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5673 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5674 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5675 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5676
5677 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5678
5679 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5680 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5681
5682 \(fn)" nil nil)
5683
5684 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5685 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5686
5687 \(fn)" t nil)
5688
5689 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5690 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5691 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5692
5693 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5694
5695 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5696 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5697 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5698 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5699 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5700
5701 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5702
5703 ;;;***
5704 \f
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5706 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5708
5709 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5710 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5711
5712 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5713
5714 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5715 Alist of face attributes.
5716
5717 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5718 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5719 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5720 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5721 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5722 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5723
5724 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5725 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5726 customization type TYPE).
5727
5728 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5729 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5730 given face attribute.")
5731
5732 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5733 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5734 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5735 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5736
5737 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5738
5739 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5740 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5741 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5742 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5743 between themes and faces.
5744 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5745
5746 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5747 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5748
5749 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5750
5751 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5752 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5753 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5754
5755 (FACE IGNORED)
5756
5757 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5758
5759 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5760
5761 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5762 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5763 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5764
5765 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5766
5767 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5768
5769 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5770
5771 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5776 ;;;;;; (17396 42170))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5778
5779 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5780 Create a custom theme.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 ;;;***
5785 \f
5786 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5787 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5789
5790 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5791 Mode used for cvs status output.
5792
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5798 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5800
5801 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5802 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5803
5804 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5805 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5806 C++ modes are included.
5807
5808 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5809
5810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5813 Turn on CWarn mode.
5814
5815 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5816 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5817
5818 \(fn)" nil nil)
5819
5820 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5821 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5822 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5824 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5825
5826 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5827
5828 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5829
5830 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5831 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5832 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5833 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5834 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5835
5836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5841 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5842 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5844
5845 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5846 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5847
5848 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5851 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5852
5853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5854
5855 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5856 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5857 For readability, the table is slightly
5858 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5859
5860 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5861 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5862 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5863 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5864 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5865
5866 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5867
5868 ;;;***
5869 \f
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5871 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5873 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5874 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5877 Completion on current word.
5878 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5879 and presents suggestions for completion.
5880
5881 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5882 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5883 completions.
5884
5885 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5886 then it searches *all* buffers.
5887
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889
5890 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5891 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5892
5893 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5894 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5895 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5896 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5897 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5898
5899 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5900 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5901
5902 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5903 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5904 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5905
5906 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5907 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5908
5909 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5910
5911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5912
5913 ;;;***
5914 \f
5915 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
5916 ;;;;;; 27408))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5918
5919 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5920 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5921
5922 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5923 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5924 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5925
5926 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5927 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5928 Data lines are not indented.
5929
5930 Key bindings:
5931
5932 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5933 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5934
5935 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5936 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5937 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5938 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5939
5940 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5941
5942 dcl-basic-offset
5943 Extra indentation within blocks.
5944
5945 dcl-continuation-offset
5946 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5947
5948 dcl-margin-offset
5949 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5950
5951 dcl-margin-label-offset
5952 Indentation for a label.
5953
5954 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5955 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5956
5957 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5958 dcl-block-end-regexp
5959 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5960 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5961 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5962 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5963 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5964
5965 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5966 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5967 Two such functions are included in the package:
5968 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5969 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5970
5971 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5972 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5973 One such function is included in the package:
5974 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5975
5976 dcl-tab-always-indent
5977 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5978 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5979 margin.
5980
5981 dcl-electric-characters
5982 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5983 typed.
5984
5985 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5986 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5987 which words trigger electric indentation.
5988
5989 dcl-tempo-comma
5990 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5991 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5992 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5993
5994 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5995 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5996 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5997 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5998
5999 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6000 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6001 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6002 dcl-imenu-label-call
6003 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6004
6005 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6006 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6007 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6008 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6009
6010
6011 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6012
6013 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6014 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6015 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6016 $ i = 1
6017 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6018 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6019 $ label:
6020 $ if i.eq.1
6021 $ then
6022 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6023 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6024 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6025 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6026 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6027 \"lined up with the command line\"
6028 $ type sys$input
6029 Data lines are not indented at all.
6030 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6031 $ endif
6032 $
6033
6034
6035 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6036 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6037
6038 \(fn)" t nil)
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6045
6046 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6047
6048 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6049 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6050 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6051 of the evaluator.
6052
6053 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6054 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6055 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6056
6057 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6060 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6061
6062 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6063
6064 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6065 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6066 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6067 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6068 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6069 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6070
6071 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6072 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6073
6074 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6075
6076 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6077 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6078 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6079 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6080 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6081
6082 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6083
6084 ;;;***
6085 \f
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6087 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
6088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6089
6090 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6091 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6092
6093 \(fn)" t nil)
6094
6095 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6096 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6097 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6098 Upper-case letters are commands.
6099
6100 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6101 modify it.
6102
6103 The most useful commands are:
6104 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6105 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6106 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6107 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6108 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6109 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6110
6111 \(fn)" t nil)
6112
6113 ;;;***
6114 \f
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6116 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17390
6117 ;;;;;; 26936))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6119
6120 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6121 Customization of `columns' group.
6122
6123 \(fn)" t nil)
6124
6125 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6126 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6127
6128 START and END delimits the text region.
6129
6130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6133 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6134
6135 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6136
6137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6138
6139 ;;;***
6140 \f
6141 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17390
6142 ;;;;;; 27408))
6143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6144
6145 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6146 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6147 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6148 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6149 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6150 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6151
6152 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6153
6154 Customization:
6155
6156 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6157 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6158 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6159 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6160 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6161 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6162 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6163 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6164 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6165 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6166 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6167 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6168 blank line.
6169 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6170 Directories to search when finding external units.
6171 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6172 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6173
6174 Coloring:
6175
6176 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6177 Face used to color delphi comments.
6178 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6179 Face used to color delphi strings.
6180 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6181 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6182 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6183 Face used to color everything else.
6184
6185 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6186 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6187
6188 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6189
6190 ;;;***
6191 \f
6192 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6193 ;;;;;; 26936))
6194 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6195
6196 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6197
6198 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6199 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6200 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6202 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6203
6204 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6205
6206 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6207
6208 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6209 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6210 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6211 positive.
6212
6213 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6214 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6215 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6216 any selection.
6217
6218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6219
6220 ;;;***
6221 \f
6222 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6223 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17390 26938))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6225
6226 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6227 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6228
6229 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6230
6231 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6232 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6233 or nil if there is no parent.
6234 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6235 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6236 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6237 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6238 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6239
6240 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6241 arguments are currently understood:
6242 :group GROUP
6243 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6244 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6245 :syntax-table TABLE
6246 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6247 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6248 :abbrev-table TABLE
6249 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6250 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6251
6252 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6253
6254 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6255
6256 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6257 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6258 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6259
6260 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6261 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6262
6263 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6264 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6265 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6266
6267 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6268 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6269
6270 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6271 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6272
6273 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6274
6275 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6276
6277 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6278 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6279 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6280 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6281 the first time the mode is used.
6282
6283 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6284
6285 ;;;***
6286 \f
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6288 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17390 26936))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6290
6291 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6292 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6293 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6294 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6295 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6296 otherwise.
6297
6298 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6301 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6302 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6303 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6304 character composition information (if relevant),
6305 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6306
6307 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6308
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6312 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6313 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17390 27404))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6315
6316 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6317 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6318 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6319
6320 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6321
6322 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6323
6324 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6325 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6326 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6327 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6328 desktop is saved.
6329
6330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6331
6332 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6333 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6334 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6335 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6338
6339 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6340 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6341 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6342
6343 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6344 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6345 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6346
6347 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6348 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6349
6350 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6351 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6352 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6353
6354 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6355 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6356 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6357 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6358
6359 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6360
6361 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6362 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6363
6364 Handlers are called with argument list
6365
6366 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6367
6368 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6369
6370 desktop-file-version
6371 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6372 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6373 desktop-buffer-point
6374 desktop-buffer-mark
6375 desktop-buffer-read-only
6376 desktop-buffer-locals
6377
6378 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6379 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6380
6381 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6382 code like
6383
6384 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6385 ...
6386 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6387 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6388
6389 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6390
6391 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6392
6393 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6394 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6395 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6396 List elements must have the form
6397
6398 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6399
6400 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6401 function.
6402
6403 Handlers are called with argument list
6404
6405 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6406
6407 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6408
6409 desktop-file-version
6410 desktop-buffer-file-name
6411 desktop-buffer-name
6412 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6413 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6414 desktop-buffer-point
6415 desktop-buffer-mark
6416 desktop-buffer-read-only
6417 desktop-buffer-misc
6418
6419 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6420 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6421 created and set.
6422
6423 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6424 code like
6425
6426 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6427 ...
6428 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6429 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6430
6431 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6432
6433 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6434
6435 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6436
6437 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6438 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6439 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6440 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6441 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6442 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6443 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6444 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6445
6446 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6447
6448 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6449 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6450 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6451
6452 \(fn)" nil nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6455 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6456 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6457 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6458 directory DIRNAME.
6459
6460 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6461
6462 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6463 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6464
6465 \(fn)" t nil)
6466
6467 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6468 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6469
6470 \(fn)" t nil)
6471
6472 ;;;***
6473 \f
6474 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6475 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6476 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6477 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6478 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6480
6481 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6482 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6483
6484 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6485
6486 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6487 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6488
6489 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6490
6491 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6492 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6493 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6494
6495 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6496
6497 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6498 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6499 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6500 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6501 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6502 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6503
6504 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6507 Repair a broken attribution line.
6508 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6509
6510 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6511
6512 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6513 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6514 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6515 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6516
6517 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6518
6519 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6520 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6521
6522 \(fn)" t nil)
6523
6524 ;;;***
6525 \f
6526 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6527 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17279 27080))
6528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6529
6530 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6531
6532 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6533 Not documented
6534
6535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6536
6537 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6538 Not documented
6539
6540 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6541
6542 ;;;***
6543 \f
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6545 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17390 27324))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6547
6548 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6549 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6550 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6551 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6552 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6553
6554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6555
6556 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6557 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6558 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6559 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6560
6561 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6562 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6563 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6564 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6565
6566 #!/bin/sh
6567 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6568 emacs -batch \\
6569 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6570 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6571 european-calendar-style t \\
6572 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6573 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6574 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6575
6576 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6577 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6578 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6579 to run it every morning at 1am.
6580
6581 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6584 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6585
6586 \(fn)" t nil)
6587
6588 ;;;***
6589 \f
6590 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6591 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17390 26936))
6592 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6593
6594 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6595 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6596
6597 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6598
6599 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6600 *The command to use to run diff.")
6601
6602 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6603
6604 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6605 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6606 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6607 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6608 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6609 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6610
6611 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6612
6613 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6614 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6615 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6616 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6617 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6618 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6619
6620 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6621
6622 ;;;***
6623 \f
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6625 ;;;;;; (17441 26677))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6627
6628 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6629 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6630 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6631 normal diffs.
6632 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6633 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6634 headers for you on-the-fly.
6635
6636 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6637 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6638 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6639
6640 \(fn)" t nil)
6641
6642 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6643 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6644 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6645
6646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6647
6648 ;;;***
6649 \f
6650 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6651 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6652 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6653 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6654 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17396 42158))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6656
6657 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6658 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6659 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6660 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6661 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6662 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6663 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6664 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6665
6666 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6667
6668 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6669 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6670
6671 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6672 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6673 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6674 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6675 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6676
6677 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6678 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6679
6680 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6681 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6682 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6683 always set this variable to t.")
6684
6685 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6686
6687 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6688 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6689 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6690 A value of t means move to first file.")
6691
6692 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6693
6694 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6695 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6696 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6697 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6698 are afterward marked with that character.")
6699
6700 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6701
6702 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6703 *Controls marking of copied files.
6704 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6705 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6706
6707 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6708
6709 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6710 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6711 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6712 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6713
6714 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6715
6716 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6717 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6718 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6719 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6720
6721 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6722
6723 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6724 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6725 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6726 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6727
6728 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6729
6730 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6731
6732 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6733 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6734 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6735
6736 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6737
6738 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6739 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6740 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6741 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6742 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6743 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6744
6745 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6746 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6747 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6748 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6749 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6750 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6751 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6752 list of files to make directory entries for.
6753 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6754 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6755 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6756 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6757
6758 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6759
6760 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6761 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6762
6763 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6764 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6765
6766 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6767 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6770 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6771
6772 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6773
6774 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6775 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6776
6777 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6778
6779 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6780 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6781 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6782 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6783 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6784 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6785 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6786 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6787 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6788 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6789 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6790 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6791 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6792 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6793 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6794 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6795 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6796 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6797 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6798 to see why something went wrong.
6799 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6800 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6801 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6802 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6803 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6804 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6805 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6806 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6807 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6808 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6809 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6810 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6811 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6812
6813 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6814 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6815 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6816 again for the directory tree.
6817
6818 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6819 for more info):
6820
6821 `dired-listing-switches'
6822 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6823 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6824 `dired-marker-char'
6825 `dired-del-marker'
6826 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6827 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6828 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6829 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6830
6831 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6832
6833 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6834 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6835 `dired-mode-hook'
6836 `dired-load-hook'
6837
6838 Keybindings:
6839 \\{dired-mode-map}
6840
6841 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6842 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6843
6844 ;;;***
6845 \f
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6847 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6848 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6849 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6850 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6851 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6852 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6853 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6854 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6855 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6856 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6857 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6858 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6859 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17390 26936))
6860 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6861
6862 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6863 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6864 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6865 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6866 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6867 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6868 which is options for `diff'.
6869
6870 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6871
6872 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6873 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6874 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6875 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6876 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6877 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6878
6879 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6880
6881 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6882 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6883 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6884 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6885 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6886 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6887 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6888
6889 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6890
6891 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6892 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6893 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6894 returned by function `file-attributes'
6895
6896 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6897 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6898
6899 Examples of PREDICATE:
6900
6901 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6902 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6903 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6904 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6905 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6906
6907 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6910 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6911 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6912
6913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6914
6915 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6916 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6917
6918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6921 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6922
6923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924
6925 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6926 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6927 This calls touch.
6928
6929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6930
6931 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6932 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6933 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6934 `lpr-switches' as default.
6935
6936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6937
6938 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6939 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6940 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6941 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6942 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6943
6944 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6945 with a prefix argument.
6946
6947 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6948
6949 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6950 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6951 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6952 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6953 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6954
6955 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6956 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6957
6958 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6959 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6960 file name substituted for `?'.
6961
6962 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6963 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6964
6965 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6966 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6967 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6968 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6969
6970 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6971
6972 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6973 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6974 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6975
6976 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6977 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6978 in a subdir.
6979
6980 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6981 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6982
6983 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6986 Not documented
6987
6988 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6991 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6992 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6993 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6994 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6995 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6996 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6997 from the buffer as well.
6998 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6999 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7000 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7001
7002 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7003
7004 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7005 Not documented
7006
7007 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7008
7009 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Not documented
7011
7012 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7013
7014 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7015 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7016
7017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7018
7019 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7020 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7021
7022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7023
7024 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7025 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7026
7027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7028
7029 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7030 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7031 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7032 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7033
7034 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7035 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7036 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7037 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7038 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7039 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7040 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7041
7042 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7043
7044 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7045 Not documented
7046
7047 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7048
7049 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7050 Not documented
7051
7052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7053
7054 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7055 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7056
7057 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7058
7059 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Not documented
7061
7062 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7063
7064 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7065 Not documented
7066
7067 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7068
7069 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7071
7072 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7073
7074 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7075 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7076 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7077 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7078 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7079 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7080 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7081 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7082 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7083
7084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7088 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7089 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7090 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7091 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7092 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7093 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7094
7095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7098 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7099 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7100 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7101 and new hard links are made in that directory
7102 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7103 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7104 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7105
7106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7109 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7110 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7111 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7112 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7113 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7114 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7115
7116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7120
7121 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7122 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7123 file if none are marked.
7124
7125 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7126 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7127 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7128 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7129
7130 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7131 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7132
7133 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7137 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7138
7139 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7142 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7143 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7144
7145 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7149 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7150
7151 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7154 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7155
7156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7160
7161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7164 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7165 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7166 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7167 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7168 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7169 this subdirectory.
7170 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7171
7172 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7173 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7174 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7175 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7176 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7177 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7178 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7179
7180 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7184 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7185 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7186 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7187 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7188 this subdirectory.
7189 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7190
7191 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7192
7193 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7194 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7195 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7196
7197 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7201 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7202 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7203
7204 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7207 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7208 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7209 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7210
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7214 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7215 Lower levels are unaffected.
7216
7217 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7221
7222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Go down in the dired tree.
7226
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7230 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7231 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7232 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7233
7234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7238 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7239 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7240
7241 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7245 Stops when a match is found.
7246 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7247
7248 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7249
7250 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7251 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7252 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7253 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7254 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7255
7256 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7259 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7260 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7261 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7262
7263 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7264
7265 ;;;***
7266 \f
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17390 27370))
7268 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7269
7270 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7271 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7272 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7273 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7274 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7275 buffer and try again.
7276
7277 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7278
7279 ;;;***
7280 \f
7281 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17390 26937))
7282 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7283
7284 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7285 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7286 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7287
7288 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7289
7290 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7291 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7292
7293 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7294 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7295
7296 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7297
7298 ;;;***
7299 \f
7300 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7301 ;;;;;; 26938))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7303
7304 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7305 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7306 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7307 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7308 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7309 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7310
7311 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7312
7313 ;;;***
7314 \f
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7316 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7317 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7318 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7319 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17390 26937))
7320 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7321
7322 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7323 Return a new, empty display table.
7324
7325 \(fn)" nil nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7328 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7329 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7330 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7331 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7332
7333 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7334
7335 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7336 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7337 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7338 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7339 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7340
7341 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7342
7343 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7344 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7345
7346 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7347
7348 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7349 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7354 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7355
7356 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7359 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7360
7361 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7364 Display character C using printable string S.
7365
7366 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7367
7368 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7369 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7370 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7371 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7372
7373 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7376 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7377 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7378 X frame.
7379
7380 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7383 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7384
7385 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7386
7387 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7388 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7389
7390 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7393 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7394
7395 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7396 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7397 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7398 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7399
7400 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7401 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7402 European character display.
7403
7404 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7405 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7406 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7407 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7408
7409 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7410 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7411 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7412 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7413 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7414
7415 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7420 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7422
7423 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7424 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7425 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7426 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7427 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7428 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7429 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7430 Default is 2.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7433
7434 ;;;***
7435 \f
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17390 26937))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7438
7439 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7440 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7441 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7442 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7443 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7444 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7445 private or ask).
7446 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7447 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7448 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7449 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7450 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7451
7452 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7453
7454 ;;;***
7455 \f
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7457 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17390 26946))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7459
7460 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7461 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7462 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7463 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7464 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7465 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7466 table and its own syntax table.
7467
7468 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7469
7470 \(fn)" t nil)
7471
7472 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7473 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7474
7475 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7477
7478 ;;;***
7479 \f
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17374 21430))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7482
7483 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7484 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7485
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7491 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7493
7494 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7495 Toggle Double mode.
7496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7497 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7498
7499 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7500
7501 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7502 Toggle Double mode.
7503 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7504
7505 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7506 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7507
7508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17383 38807))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7514
7515 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7516 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7517
7518 \(fn)" t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7523 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7525
7526 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7527 Play sounds in message buffers.
7528
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7530
7531 ;;;***
7532 \f
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7534 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17390 26938))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7537
7538 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7539
7540 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7541 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7542 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7543 and toggle command MODE.
7544
7545 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7546 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7547 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7548 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7549 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7550 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7551 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7552 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7553 used (see below).
7554
7555 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7556 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7557 `mode-HOOK'.
7558 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7559 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7560 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7561 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7562 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7563 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7564 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7565 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7566 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7567 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7568 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7569 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7570 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7571 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7572
7573 For example, you could write
7574 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7575 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7576 ...BODY CODE...)
7577
7578 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7579
7580 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7581
7582 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7583 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7584 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7585 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7586 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7587 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7588 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7589 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7590 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7591 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7592 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7593 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7594
7595 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7596 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7597 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7598 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7599 call another major mode in their body.
7600
7601 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7602
7603 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7604 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7605 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7606 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7607 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7608 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7609 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7610
7611 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7612
7613 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7614 Not documented
7615
7616 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7617
7618 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7619 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7620 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7621
7622 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7623
7624 ;;;***
7625 \f
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7627 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17390
7628 ;;;;;; 26938))
7629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7630
7631 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7632
7633 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7634 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7635
7636 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7637 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7638 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7639
7640 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7641 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7642
7643 :filter FUNCTION
7644
7645 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7646 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7647
7648 :visible INCLUDE
7649
7650 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7651 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7652
7653 :active ENABLE
7654
7655 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7656 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7657
7658 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7659
7660 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7661
7662 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7663
7664 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7665 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7666
7667 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7668 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7669
7670 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7671
7672 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7673
7674 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7675
7676 :keys KEYS
7677
7678 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7679 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7680 computed automatically.
7681 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7682
7683 :key-sequence KEYS
7684
7685 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7686 menu item.
7687 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7688 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7689 keyboard equivalent.
7690
7691 :active ENABLE
7692
7693 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7694 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7695
7696 :visible INCLUDE
7697
7698 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7699 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7700
7701 :suffix FORM
7702
7703 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7704 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7705
7706 :style STYLE
7707
7708 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7709 defined:
7710
7711 toggle: A checkbox.
7712 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7713 radio: A radio button.
7714 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7715 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7716 menu bar itself.
7717 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7718
7719 :selected SELECTED
7720
7721 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7722 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7723
7724 :help HELP
7725
7726 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7727
7728 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7729 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7730 as a solid horizontal line.
7731
7732 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7733
7734 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7735
7736 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7737 Not documented
7738
7739 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7740
7741 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7742 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7743 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7744 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7745
7746 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7747
7748 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7749 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7750 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7751 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7752 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7753 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7754
7755 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7756 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7757 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7758
7759 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7760 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7761
7762 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765 \f
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7767 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7768 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7769 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7770 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7771 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7772 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7773 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17390 27408))
7774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7775
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Customization for ebnf group.
7778
7779 \(fn)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7782 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7783
7784 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7785
7786 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7787 processed.
7788
7789 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7790
7791 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7792
7793 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7794 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7795
7796 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7797 killed after process termination.
7798
7799 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7800
7801 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7804 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7805
7806 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7807 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7808 it to the printer.
7809
7810 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7811 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7812 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7813 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7814
7815 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7816
7817 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7818 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7819 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7820
7821 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7824 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7825
7826 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7827
7828 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7829 processed.
7830
7831 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7832
7833 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7834
7835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7836 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7837
7838 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7839 killed after process termination.
7840
7841 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7842
7843 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7847 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7848 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7849
7850 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7851
7852 \(fn)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7855 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7856 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7857
7858 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7859
7860 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7861
7862 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7863 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7864
7865 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7866
7867 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7868 processed.
7869
7870 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7871
7872 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7873
7874 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7875 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7876
7877 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7878 killed after EPS generation.
7879
7880 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7881
7882 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7885 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7886
7887 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7888 The EPS file name has the following form:
7889
7890 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7891
7892 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7893 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7894
7895 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7896 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7897 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7898 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7899
7900 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7901
7902 \(fn)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7905 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7906
7907 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7908 The EPS file name has the following form:
7909
7910 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7911
7912 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7913 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7914
7915 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7916 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7917 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7918 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7919
7920 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7921
7922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7923
7924 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7925
7926 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7928
7929 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7930
7931 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7932 processed.
7933
7934 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7935
7936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7940
7941 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7942 killed after syntax checking.
7943
7944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7945
7946 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7949 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7950
7951 \(fn)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7955
7956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7960
7961 \(fn)" nil nil)
7962
7963 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7965
7966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7967
7968 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Delete style NAME.
7972
7973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7974
7975 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7978 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7979
7980 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7981
7982 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7985 Set STYLE as the current style.
7986
7987 It returns the old style symbol.
7988
7989 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7990
7991 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7992
7993 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7994 Reset current style.
7995
7996 It returns the old style symbol.
7997
7998 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7999
8000 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8003 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8004
8005 It returns the old style symbol.
8006
8007 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8008
8009 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8010
8011 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8012 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8013
8014 It returns the old style symbol.
8015
8016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8017
8018 \(fn)" t nil)
8019
8020 ;;;***
8021 \f
8022 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8023 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8024 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8025 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8026 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8027 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8028 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8029 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8030 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8031 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8032 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17396
8033 ;;;;;; 42159))
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8035
8036 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8037 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8038 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8039 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8040 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8041 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8042
8043 Tree mode key bindings:
8044 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8045
8046 \(fn)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8049 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8050
8051 \(fn)" t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8054 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8055
8056 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8057
8058 \(fn)" nil nil)
8059
8060 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8061 View declaration of member at point.
8062
8063 \(fn)" t nil)
8064
8065 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8066 Find declaration of member at point.
8067
8068 \(fn)" t nil)
8069
8070 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8071 View definition of member at point.
8072
8073 \(fn)" t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8076 Find definition of member at point.
8077
8078 \(fn)" t nil)
8079
8080 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8081 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8082
8083 \(fn)" t nil)
8084
8085 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8086 View definition of member at point in other window.
8087
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8091 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8092
8093 \(fn)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8096 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8097
8098 \(fn)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8101 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8102
8103 \(fn)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8106 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8107
8108 \(fn)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8111 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8112 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8113 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8114 completion.
8115
8116 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8119 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8120 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8121 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8122
8123 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8126 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8127 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8128 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8129
8130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8133 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8134 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8135
8136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8137
8138 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8139 Search for call sites of a member.
8140 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8141 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8142 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8143 looks like a function call to the member.
8144
8145 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Move backward in the position stack.
8149 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8150
8151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8152
8153 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8154 Move forward in the position stack.
8155 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8156
8157 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8160 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8165 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8166
8167 \(fn)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8170 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8171 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8172 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8173
8174 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8175
8176 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8177 Display statistics for a class tree.
8178
8179 \(fn)" t nil)
8180
8181 ;;;***
8182 \f
8183 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8184 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8186
8187 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8188 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8189 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8190 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8191
8192 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8193 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8194 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8195
8196 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8197 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8198 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8199
8200 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8201
8202 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8203
8204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8205
8206 ;;;***
8207 \f
8208 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8209 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17390 26937))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8211
8212 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8213 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8214 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8215
8216 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8221 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8222 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17418 6751))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8224
8225 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8226 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8227 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8228 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8229 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8230
8231 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8232 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8233 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8234 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8235
8236 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8237
8238 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8239 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8240 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8241 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8242
8243 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8244
8245 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8246 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8247 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8248 \(naming a function), or a list.
8249
8250 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8251
8252 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8253
8254 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8255 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8256 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8257 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8258 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8259
8260 If you do this on a function definition
8261 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8262 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8263 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8264 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8265
8266 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8267 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8268 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8269 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8270 already is one.)
8271
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8275 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8276
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8278
8279 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8280 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8281
8282 \(fn)" t nil)
8283
8284 ;;;***
8285 \f
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8287 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8288 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8289 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8290 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8291 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8292 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8293 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8294 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8295 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17401 60343))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8297
8298 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8299 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8300
8301 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8304 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8305
8306 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8307
8308 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8309
8310 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8311
8312 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8313 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8314 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8315 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8316
8317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8320 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8321
8322 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8323
8324 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8327 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8328
8329 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8330
8331 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8332
8333 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8334 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8335 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8336 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8337
8338 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8339
8340 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8341
8342 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8343 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8344 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8345 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8346
8347 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8348
8349 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8350
8351 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8352 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8353 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8354 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8355
8356 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8357
8358 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8359
8360 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8361 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8362 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8363 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8364
8365 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8366
8367 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8368
8369 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8370 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8371 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8372 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8373 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8374 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8375
8376 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8379 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8380 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8381 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8382
8383 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8384
8385 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8386
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8388 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8389 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8390 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8391
8392 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8393
8394 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8395
8396 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8397
8398 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8399 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8400 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8401 follows:
8402 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8403 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8404
8405 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8408 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8409 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8410 follows:
8411 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8412 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8413
8414 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8417 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8418 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8419 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8420 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8421 region.
8422 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8423 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8424
8425 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8428 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8429 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8430 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8431 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8432 region.
8433 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8434 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8435 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8436
8437 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8438
8439 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8440
8441 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8442 Merge two files without ancestor.
8443
8444 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8447 Merge two files with ancestor.
8448
8449 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8450
8451 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8452
8453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8454 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8455
8456 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8459 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8460
8461 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8464 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8465 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8466 buffer.
8467
8468 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8469
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8472 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8473 buffer.
8474
8475 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8479 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8480 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8481
8482 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8485 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8486 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8487 and don't ask the user.
8488 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8489 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8490
8491 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8494 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8495 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8496 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8497 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8498 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8499 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8500 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8501
8502 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8503
8504 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8505
8506 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8507
8508 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8509 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8510 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8511 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8512 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8513
8514 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8515
8516 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8517
8518 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8519 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8520 When called interactively, displays the version.
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8525 Display Ediff's manual.
8526 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8527
8528 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8529
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8533 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8534 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8535
8536 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8537 Not documented
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8544 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8545
8546 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8547 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8548
8549 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8550
8551 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8552
8553 ;;;***
8554 \f
8555 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8556 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8557 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8558
8559 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8560 Display Ediff's registry.
8561
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8563
8564 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8565
8566 ;;;***
8567 \f
8568 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8569 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17401 60342))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8571
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8573 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8574 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8575 which see.
8576
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8580 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8581 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8582 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8583
8584 \(fn)" t nil)
8585
8586 ;;;***
8587 \f
8588 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8589 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8590 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8591 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8592
8593 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8594 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8595 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8596
8597 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8598 Edit a keyboard macro.
8599 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8600 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8601 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8602 its command name.
8603 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8604
8605 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8608 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8613 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8614
8615 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8616
8617 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8618 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8619 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8620 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8621 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8622 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8623
8624 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8625 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8626 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8627 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8628
8629 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8630
8631 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8632 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8633 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8634 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8635 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8636 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8637
8638 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8639
8640 ;;;***
8641 \f
8642 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8643 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17390 26938))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8645
8646 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8647 Set scroll margins.
8648 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8649 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8650
8651 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8654 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8655
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8657
8658 ;;;***
8659 \f
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8661 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8663
8664 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8665 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8666 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8667 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8668 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8669 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8670 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8671 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8672
8673 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8674 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8675
8676 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8677 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8678 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8679 this value is non-nil.
8680
8681 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8682 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8683 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8684
8685 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8686 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8687 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8688
8689 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8690
8691 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8692 Not documented
8693
8694 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8695
8696 ;;;***
8697 \f
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8699 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17390 26938))
8700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8701
8702 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8703 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8704
8705 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8706
8707 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8708 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8709 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8710 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8711 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8712 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8713 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8714
8715 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8716
8717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8718
8719 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8720 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8721
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8723
8724 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8725 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8726 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8727 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8728 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8729 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8730 arg list.
8731
8732 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8733 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8734
8735 ;;;***
8736 \f
8737 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17390
8738 ;;;;;; 26937))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8740
8741 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8742 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8743
8744 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8745 an elided material again.
8746
8747 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8748
8749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8756
8757 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8758 Initialize elint.
8759
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8761
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8765 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8766 ;;;;;; 26938))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8768
8769 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8770 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8771 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8772
8773 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8774
8775 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8776 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8777 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8778
8779 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8780
8781 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8782 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8783 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8784
8785 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8786
8787 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8788
8789 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8790 Display current profiling results.
8791 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8792 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8793 displayed.
8794
8795 \(fn)" t nil)
8796
8797 ;;;***
8798 \f
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17444 1970))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8802
8803 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8804 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8805 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8806
8807 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8808
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8812 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8813 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8814 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8815 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8817
8818 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8819 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8820 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8821 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8822 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8823 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8824 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8825 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8826 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8827 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8828 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8829 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8830 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8831 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8832 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8833 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8834
8835 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8836 Run Emerge on two files.
8837
8838 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8839
8840 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8841 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8842
8843 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8844
8845 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8846 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8847
8848 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8849
8850 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8851 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8852
8853 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8854
8855 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8856 Not documented
8857
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8861 Not documented
8862
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8866 Not documented
8867
8868 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8871 Not documented
8872
8873 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8876 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8877
8878 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8881 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8882
8883 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8884
8885 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8886 Not documented
8887
8888 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8889
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8893 ;;;;;; (17323 25934))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8895
8896 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8897 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8898
8899 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8900
8901 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8902
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8906 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17390 26946))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8908
8909 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8910 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8911 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8912 text/enriched format.
8913 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8914
8915 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8916 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8917
8918 Commands:
8919
8920 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8921
8922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8925 Not documented
8926
8927 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8930 Not documented
8931
8932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (17454 30949))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8939
8940 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8941 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8942
8943 \(fn)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8946 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8947 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8948 (server (erc-compute-server))
8949 (port (erc-compute-port))
8950 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8951 password
8952 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8953
8954 That is, if called with
8955 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8956 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8957 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8958 be invoked for those parameters' values
8959
8960 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8961
8962 ;;;***
8963 \f
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17396
8965 ;;;;;; 42158))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8968
8969 ;;;***
8970 \f
8971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8973 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8974
8975 ;;;***
8976 \f
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17374 21559))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8979 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8980
8981 ;;;***
8982 \f
8983 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8984 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17396 42163))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8986
8987 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8988 Parser for /dcc command.
8989 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8990 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8991 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8992
8993 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8996 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8997
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9001 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9002
9003 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9004 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9005 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9006 that subcommand.
9007
9008 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9013 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9014 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9015 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9016 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9017 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9018
9019 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9020 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9021
9022 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9023
9024 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9025 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9026 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9027 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9028
9029 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9030
9031 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9032 Not documented
9033
9034 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9035
9036 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9037 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9038
9039 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9040
9041 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9042 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9043
9044 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9045
9046 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9047 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9048
9049 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9050
9051 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9052 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9053
9054 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9055
9056 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9057 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9058
9059 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9060
9061 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9062 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9063
9064 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9065
9066 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9067 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9068
9069 \(fn)" nil nil)
9070
9071 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9072 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9073
9074 \(fn)" nil nil)
9075
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17396
9079 ;;;;;; 42158))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9082
9083 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9084 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9085 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9086
9087 \(fn)" nil nil)
9088
9089 ;;;***
9090 \f
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9092 ;;;;;; 42158))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9094 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9095
9096 ;;;***
9097 \f
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9099 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17454 30949))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9101
9102 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9103 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9104 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9105 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9106 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9107 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9108 system.
9109
9110 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9111
9112 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9113 Not documented
9114
9115 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9120 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9122
9123 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9124 Not documented
9125
9126 \(fn)" nil nil)
9127
9128 ;;;***
9129 \f
9130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17396 42158))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9132 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9133
9134 ;;;***
9135 \f
9136 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9137 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9140
9141 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9142 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9143 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9144 available channel).
9145
9146 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9147
9148 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9149 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9150 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9151 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9152
9153 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9154
9155 ;;;***
9156 \f
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9158 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17396 42158))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9161
9162 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9163 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9164 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9165 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9166 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9167 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9168
9169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9170
9171 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9172 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9173 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9174 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9175
9176 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9177 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9178 automatically.
9179
9180 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9181 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9182
9183 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9184
9185 ;;;***
9186 \f
9187 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9188 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9189 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9190 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9193
9194 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9195 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9200 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9201
9202 \(fn)" t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9205 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9210 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9211
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9215 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9216
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9220 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9221
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9223
9224 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9225 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9226
9227 \(fn)" t nil)
9228
9229 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9230 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9231
9232 \(fn)" t nil)
9233
9234 ;;;***
9235 \f
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9237 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9239 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9240
9241 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9242 Show who's gone.
9243
9244 \(fn)" nil nil)
9245
9246 ;;;***
9247 \f
9248 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9249 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17396 42158))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9251
9252 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9253 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9254 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9255 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9256
9257 \(fn)" nil nil)
9258
9259 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9260 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9261
9262 \(fn)" t nil)
9263
9264 ;;;***
9265 \f
9266 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9267 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9272 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9273 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9274 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9275
9276 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9277
9278 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9279 Not documented
9280
9281 \(fn)" nil nil)
9282
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9288
9289 ;;;***
9290 \f
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17396
9292 ;;;;;; 42158))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9295
9296 ;;;***
9297 \f
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17396 42158))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9301
9302 ;;;***
9303 \f
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9306 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9311 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9313 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9314
9315 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9316 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9317
9318 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9319
9320 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9321 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9322 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9323
9324 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9325
9326 ;;;***
9327 \f
9328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17396 42158))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9331
9332 ;;;***
9333 \f
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9335 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9337
9338 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9339 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9340 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9341
9342 \(fn)" t nil)
9343
9344 ;;;***
9345 \f
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17396
9347 ;;;;;; 42158))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9350
9351 ;;;***
9352 \f
9353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17396 42169))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9356
9357 ;;;***
9358 \f
9359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17396 42158))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9362 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9367 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17396 42158))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9370
9371 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9372 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9373 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9374 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9375
9376 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9379 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9380 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9381
9382 \(fn)" t nil)
9383
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9387 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9388 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9389
9390 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9391 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9392
9393 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9398 ;;;;;; 26939))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9400
9401 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9402 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9403
9404 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9405
9406 \(fn)" nil nil)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17390
9411 ;;;;;; 26939))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9413
9414 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9415 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9416
9417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9418
9419 ;;;***
9420 \f
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9422 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 42815))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9424
9425 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9426 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9427 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9428 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9429 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9430 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9431 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9432 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9433 buffer selected (or created).
9434
9435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9436
9437 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9438 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9439 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9440
9441 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9444 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9445 The result might be any Lisp object.
9446 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9447 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9448 corresponding to a successful execution.
9449
9450 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9451
9452 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9453 Report a bug in Eshell.
9454 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9455 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9456
9457 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9458
9459 ;;;***
9460 \f
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9462 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9463 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9464 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9465 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9466 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9467 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9468 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9470
9471 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9472 *File name of tags table.
9473 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9474 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9475 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9476 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9477
9478 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9479 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9480 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9481 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9482
9483 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9484
9485 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9486 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9487 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9488 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9489 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9490 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9491
9492 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9493
9494 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9495 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9496 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9497 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9498 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9499 `auto-compression-mode').")
9500
9501 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9502
9503 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9504 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9505 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9506 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9507 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9508
9509 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9510
9511 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9512 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9513 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9514 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9515
9516 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9517
9518 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9519 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9520 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9521 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9522 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9523
9524 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9525
9526 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9527 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9528
9529 \(fn)" t nil)
9530
9531 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9532 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9533 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9534 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9535
9536 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9537 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9538 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9539 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9540 file the tag was in.
9541
9542 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9543
9544 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9545 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9546 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9547 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9548 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9549 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9550 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9551 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9552 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9553
9554 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9555
9556 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9557 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9558 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9559 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9560 without directory names.
9561
9562 \(fn)" nil nil)
9563
9564 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9565 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9566 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9567 but does not select the buffer.
9568 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9569
9570 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9571 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9572 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9573 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9574 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9575
9576 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9577
9578 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9579 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9580 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9581
9582 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9583
9584 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9587 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9588 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9589 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9590
9591 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9592 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9593 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9594 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9595 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9596
9597 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9598
9599 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9600 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9601 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9602
9603 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9604
9605 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9606 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9607
9608 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9609 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9610 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9611 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9612 around or before point.
9613
9614 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9615 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9616 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9617 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9618 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9619
9620 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9621
9622 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9623 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9624 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9625
9626 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9627
9628 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9629 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9630
9631 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9632 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9633 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9634 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9635 around or before point.
9636
9637 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9638 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9639 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9640 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9641 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9642
9643 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9644
9645 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9646 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9647 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9648
9649 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9650
9651 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9652 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9653
9654 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9655 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9656 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9657
9658 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9659 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9660 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9661 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9662 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9663
9664 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9665
9666 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9667 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9668 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9669
9670 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9671
9672 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9673 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9674 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9675
9676 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9677 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9678
9679 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9680 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9681 where they were found.
9682
9683 \(fn)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9686 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9687
9688 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9689 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9690 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9691
9692 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9693 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9694
9695 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9696 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9697
9698 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9701 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9702 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9703 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9704
9705 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9706 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9707 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9708 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9709 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9710
9711 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9712 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9713
9714 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9715 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9716 Stops when a match is found.
9717 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9718
9719 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9720
9721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9722
9723 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9724 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9725 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9726 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9727 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9728
9729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9730
9731 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9734 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9735 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9736 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9737 directory specification.
9738
9739 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9740
9741 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9742 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9743
9744 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9745
9746 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9747 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9748 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9749 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9750
9751 \(fn)" t nil)
9752
9753 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9754 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9755 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9756 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9757 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9758
9759 \(fn)" t nil)
9760
9761 ;;;***
9762 \f
9763 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9764 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9765 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9766 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9767 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9768 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9769 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9770 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17327 23539))
9771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9772
9773 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9774 Not documented
9775
9776 \(fn)" nil nil)
9777
9778 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9779 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9780 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9781 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9782
9783 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9784 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9785 language.
9786
9787 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9788 even if the buffer is read-only.
9789
9790 See also the descriptions of the variables
9791 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9792 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9793
9794 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9797 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9798
9799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9800 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9801
9802 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9803 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9804 language.
9805
9806 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9807 buffer is read-only.
9808
9809 See also the descriptions of the variables
9810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9811 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9812
9813 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9816 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9817 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9818
9819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9822 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9823
9824 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9825 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9826
9827 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9828 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9829
9830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9831
9832 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9834 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9835 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9836
9837 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9841 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9842 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9843
9844 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9845 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9846 the primary language.
9847
9848 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9849 buffer is read-only.
9850
9851 See also the descriptions of the variables
9852 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9853 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9854
9855 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9856
9857 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9858 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9859 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9860 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9861
9862 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9863 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9864 primary language.
9865
9866 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9867 buffer is read-only.
9868
9869 See also the descriptions of the variables
9870 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9871 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9872
9873 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9874
9875 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9876 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9877 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9878
9879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9882 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9883
9884 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9885 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9886 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9887 3) convert the body into SERA.
9888
9889 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9890
9891 \(fn)" t nil)
9892
9893 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9894 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9895 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9896
9897 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9900 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9905 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9906
9907 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9908 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9909 be 1, 2, or 3.
9910
9911 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9912 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9913 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9914
9915 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9916
9917 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9918
9919 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9920 Allow the user to input special characters.
9921
9922 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9923
9924 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9925 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9926 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9927
9928 \(fn)" t nil)
9929
9930 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9931 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9932
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9934
9935 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9936 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9937
9938 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9939 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9940
9941 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9942 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9943
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9945
9946 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9947 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9948
9949 \(fn)" nil nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9952 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9953
9954 \(fn)" nil nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9957 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9958
9959 \(fn)" nil nil)
9960
9961 ;;;***
9962 \f
9963 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9964 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9965 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9967
9968 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9969 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9970 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9971 server for future sessions.
9972
9973 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9974
9975 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9976 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9977 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9978
9979 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9982 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9983 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9984
9985 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9988 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9989 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9990 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9991 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9992 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9993 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9994 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9995 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9996 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9997 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9998 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9999
10000 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10001
10002 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10003 Display a form to query the directory server.
10004 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10005 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10006
10007 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10008
10009 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10010 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10011 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10012
10013 \(fn)" t nil)
10014
10015 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10020 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10021 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17390 26944))
10022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10023
10024 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10026
10027 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display URL and make it clickable.
10031
10032 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10036
10037 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10038
10039 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10041
10042 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10043
10044 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10045 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10046
10047 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10048
10049 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10050 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10051
10052 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10053
10054 ;;;***
10055 \f
10056 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10057 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17390 26944))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10059
10060 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10061 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10062 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10063
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10067 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10068
10069 \(fn)" t nil)
10070
10071 ;;;***
10072 \f
10073 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10074 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10076
10077 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10078 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10079
10080 \(fn)" t nil)
10081
10082 ;;;***
10083 \f
10084 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10085 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10086 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10087 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10089
10090 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10091 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10092 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10093
10094 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10095
10096 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10097 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10098 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10099 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10100 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10101
10102 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10105 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10106 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10107 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10108 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10109 executable.
10110
10111 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10112
10113 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10114 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10115 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10116
10117 \(fn)" t nil)
10118
10119 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10120 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10121 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10122 file modes.
10123
10124 \(fn)" nil nil)
10125
10126 ;;;***
10127 \f
10128 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10129 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17390 26939))
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10131
10132 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10133 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10134 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10135 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10136
10137 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10138
10139 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10140 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10141 to generate such functions.
10142
10143 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10144 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10145 beginning of the expanded text.
10146
10147 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10148 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10149 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10150 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10151
10152 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10153
10154 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10157 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10158 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10159
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10161
10162 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10163 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10164 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10165
10166 \(fn)" t nil)
10167 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10168 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10169
10170 ;;;***
10171 \f
10172 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17390 27324))
10173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10174
10175 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10176 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10177 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10178
10179 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10180 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10181 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10182
10183 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10184
10185 Key definitions:
10186 \\{f90-mode-map}
10187
10188 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10189
10190 `f90-do-indent'
10191 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10192 `f90-if-indent'
10193 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10194 `f90-type-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10196 `f90-program-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10198 (default 2).
10199 `f90-continuation-indent'
10200 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10201 `f90-comment-region'
10202 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10203 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10204 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10205 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10206 (default \"!\").
10207 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10208 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10209 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10210 `f90-break-delimiters'
10211 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10212 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10213 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10214 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10215 (default t).
10216 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10217 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10218 `f90-smart-end'
10219 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10220 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10221 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10222 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10223 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10224 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10225 `f90-leave-line-no'
10226 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10227
10228 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10229 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10230
10231 \(fn)" t nil)
10232
10233 ;;;***
10234 \f
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10236 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10237 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10238 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10239 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17390 26939))
10240 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10241 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10242 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10243
10244 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10245 Menu keymap for faces.")
10246
10247 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10248
10249 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10250 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10251
10252 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10253
10254 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10255 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10256
10257 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10258
10259 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10260 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10261
10262 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10263
10264 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10265 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10266
10267 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10268
10269 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10270 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10271
10272 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10273
10274 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10275 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10276
10277 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10278
10279 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10280
10281 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10282
10283 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10284
10285 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10286 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10287 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10288 will not show through at all will be removed.
10289
10290 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10291
10292 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10293 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10294 requested face.
10295
10296 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10297 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10298 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10299
10300 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10301
10302 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10303 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10304 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10305
10306 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10307 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10308 requested face.
10309
10310 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10311 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10312 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10313
10314 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10317 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10318 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10319
10320 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10321 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10322 requested face.
10323
10324 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10325 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10326 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10327
10328 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10329
10330 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10331 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10332 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10333 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10334 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10335 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10336 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10337
10338 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10339 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10340 requested face.
10341
10342 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10343 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10344 to insert cancels the specification.
10345
10346 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10349 Make the region invisible.
10350 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10351 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10352
10353 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10354
10355 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10356 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10357 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10358 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10359
10360 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10363 Make the region unmodifiable.
10364 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10365 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10366
10367 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10368
10369 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10370 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10371
10372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10375 Remove all text properties from the region.
10376
10377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10378
10379 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10380 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10381 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10382
10383 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10386 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10387
10388 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10391 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10392 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10393 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10394 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10395 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10396
10397 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10398
10399 ;;;***
10400 \f
10401 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10402 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17383 38806))
10403 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10404
10405 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10406 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10407 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10408 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10409
10410 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10411
10412 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10413 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10414 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10415
10416 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10417 - When you save the file's buffer.
10418 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10419 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10420 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10421 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10422
10423 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10424
10425 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10426 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10427 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10428 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10429
10430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10433 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10434
10435 \(fn)" nil nil)
10436
10437 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10438
10439 ;;;***
10440 \f
10441 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10442 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10443 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17279 27198))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10445
10446 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10447 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10448 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10449 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10450
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10452
10453 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10454 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10455
10456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10459 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10460 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10461 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10466 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10467 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10468 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10469 backup file names and the like).
10470
10471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10472
10473 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10474 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10475 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10476 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10477 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10478 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10479 internally by feedmail):
10480
10481 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10482 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10483 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10484 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10485
10486 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10487 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10488 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10489 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10490 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10491
10492 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10493
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10497 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17401 60343))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10499
10500 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10501 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10502 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10503 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10504 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10505 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10506 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10507
10508 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10511 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10512 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10513 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10514 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10515 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10516 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10517
10518 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10519
10520 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10521
10522 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10523 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10524 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10525 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10526 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10527 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10528
10529 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10532 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10533 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10534 Return value:
10535 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10536 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10537 * otherwise, nil
10538
10539 \(fn E)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10542 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10543
10544 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10547 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10548
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10550
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10554 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10556
10557 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10558 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10559 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10560 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10561 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10562 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10563 \(directories) is done.
10564
10565 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10566 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10567 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10568 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10569
10570 ;;;***
10571 \f
10572 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17390
10573 ;;;;;; 26939))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10575
10576 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10577 Filesets initialization.
10578 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10579
10580 \(fn)" nil nil)
10581
10582 ;;;***
10583 \f
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10585 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10586 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10588
10589 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10590 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10591 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10592 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10593 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10594
10595 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10596
10597 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10598 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10599 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10600 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10601 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10602
10603 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10604
10605 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10606 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10607 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10608 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10609
10610 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10611
10612 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10613 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10614 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10615
10616 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10617
10618 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10619 as the final argument.
10620
10621 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10624 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10625 and run dired on those files.
10626 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10627 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10628
10629 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10630
10631 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10632
10633 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10634 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10635 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10636
10637 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10638
10639 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10640
10641 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10642
10643 ;;;***
10644 \f
10645 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10646 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10647 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10649
10650 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10651 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10652 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10653 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10654 construct.")
10655
10656 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10657 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10658 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10659
10660 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10661
10662 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10663
10664 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10665
10666 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10667 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10668 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10669
10670 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10671 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10672
10673 Variables of interest include:
10674
10675 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10676 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10677 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10678
10679 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10680 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10681 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10682
10683 - `ff-ignore-include'
10684 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10685
10686 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10687 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10688
10689 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10690 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10691
10692 - `ff-special-constructs'
10693 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10694 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10695 extracting the filename from that construct.
10696
10697 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10698 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10699
10700 - `ff-search-directories'
10701 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10702 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10703
10704 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10705 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10706
10707 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10708 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10709
10710 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10711 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10712
10713 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10714 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10715
10716 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10717 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10718
10719 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10722 Visit the file you click on.
10723
10724 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10725
10726 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10727 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10728
10729 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10730
10731 ;;;***
10732 \f
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10734 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10735 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10736 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10737 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10738 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10739 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17411 12435))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10741
10742 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10743 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10744
10745 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10746
10747 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10748 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10749 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10750 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10751 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10752 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10753
10754 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10755
10756 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10757 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10758
10759 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10760 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10761 not selected.
10762
10763 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10764 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10765 in `load-path'.
10766
10767 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10768
10769 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10770 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10771
10772 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10773 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10774 places point before the definition.
10775 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10776
10777 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10778 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10779 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10780
10781 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10782
10783 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10784 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10785
10786 See `find-function' for more details.
10787
10788 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10789
10790 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10791 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10792
10793 See `find-function' for more details.
10794
10795 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10798 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10799
10800 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10801 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10802
10803 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10804 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10805
10806 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10807
10808 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10809 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10810
10811 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10812 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10813 places point before the definition.
10814
10815 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10816
10817 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10818 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10819 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10820
10821 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10822
10823 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10824 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10825
10826 See `find-variable' for more details.
10827
10828 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10831 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10832
10833 See `find-variable' for more details.
10834
10835 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10836
10837 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10838 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10839 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10840 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10841 buffer nor display it.
10842
10843 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10844 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10845
10846 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10847
10848 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10849 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10850
10851 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10852 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10853 places point before the definition.
10854
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10856
10857 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10858 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10859 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10860
10861 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10862
10863 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10864 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10865 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10866
10867 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10870 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10871
10872 \(fn)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10875 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10876
10877 \(fn)" t nil)
10878
10879 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10880 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10881
10882 \(fn)" nil nil)
10883
10884 ;;;***
10885 \f
10886 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10887 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17396 42165))
10888 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10889
10890 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10891 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10892
10893 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10896 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10897
10898 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10901 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10902
10903 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10904
10905 ;;;***
10906 \f
10907 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10908 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17390 26939))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10910
10911 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10912 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10913
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10917 Display FILE's commentary section.
10918 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10919
10920 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10921
10922 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10923 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10924
10925 \(fn)" t nil)
10926
10927 ;;;***
10928 \f
10929 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10930 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17390 26939))
10931 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10932
10933 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10934 Toggle flow control handling.
10935 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10936 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10937
10938 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10939
10940 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10941 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10942 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10943 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10944 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10945 to get the effect of a C-q.
10946
10947 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10948
10949 ;;;***
10950 \f
10951 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10952 ;;;;;; (17412 30474))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10954
10955 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10956 Not documented
10957
10958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10959
10960 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10961 Not documented
10962
10963 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10964
10965 ;;;***
10966 \f
10967 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10968 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17396 42171))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10970
10971 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10972 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10973 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10974 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10975
10976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10979 Turn flymake mode on.
10980
10981 \(fn)" nil nil)
10982
10983 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10984 Turn flymake mode off.
10985
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10987
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10991 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10992 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
10993 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10994
10995 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10996 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10997
10998 \(fn)" t nil)
10999 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11000
11001 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11002 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11003 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11004 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11005 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11006 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11007
11008 Bindings:
11009 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11010 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11011 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11012 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11013
11014 Hooks:
11015 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11016
11017 Remark:
11018 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11019 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11020 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11021
11022 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11023 consider adding:
11024 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11025 in your .emacs file.
11026
11027 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11028 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11029
11030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11033 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11034
11035 \(fn)" nil nil)
11036
11037 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11038 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11039
11040 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11041
11042 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11043 Flyspell whole buffer.
11044
11045 \(fn)" t nil)
11046
11047 ;;;***
11048 \f
11049 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11050 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11051 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11053
11054 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11055 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11056
11057 \(fn)" t nil)
11058
11059 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11060 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11061
11062 \(fn)" t nil)
11063
11064 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11065 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11066
11067 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11068 of two major techniques:
11069
11070 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11071 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11072 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11073
11074 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11075 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11076 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11077 movement commands.
11078
11079 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11080 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11081 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11082 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11083 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11084 mileage may vary).
11085
11086 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11087 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11088
11089 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11090
11091 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11092 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11093 \(This is the default.)
11094
11095 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11096 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11097
11098 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11099 \\{follow-mode-map}
11100
11101 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11104 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11105
11106 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11107 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11108 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11109 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11110 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11111 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11112
11113 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11114 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11115 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11116
11117 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11118 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11119 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11120
11121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11122
11123 ;;;***
11124 \f
11125 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17390
11126 ;;;;;; 26942))
11127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11128
11129 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11130 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11131 \\<message-mode-map>
11132 key binding
11133 --- -------
11134
11135 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11136 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11137 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11138 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11139 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11140 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11141
11142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143
11144 ;;;***
11145 \f
11146 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11147 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17390 26939))
11148 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11149
11150 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11151 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11152
11153 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11154 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11155 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11156 C-c < forms-first-record <
11157 C-c > forms-last-record >
11158 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11159 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11160 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11161 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11162 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11163 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11164 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11165 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11166 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11167 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11168
11169 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11170
11171 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11172 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11173
11174 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11175
11176 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11177 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11178
11179 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11180
11181 ;;;***
11182 \f
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11184 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17374 21266))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11186
11187 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11188 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11189 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11190 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11191 with a character in column 6.")
11192
11193 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11194
11195 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11196 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11197 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11198
11199 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11200 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11201
11202 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11203
11204 Key definitions:
11205 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11206
11207 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11208
11209 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11210 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11211 `fortran-do-indent'
11212 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11213 `fortran-if-indent'
11214 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11215 `fortran-structure-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11217 (default 3)
11218 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11219 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11220 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11221 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11222 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11223 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11224 nil don't change the indentation
11225 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11226 value of either
11227 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11228 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11229 depending on the continuation format in use.
11230 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11231 indentation for a line of code.
11232 (default 'fixed)
11233 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11234 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11235 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11237 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11238 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11239 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11240 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11241 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11242 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11243 column 5.
11244 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11245 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11246 statements (default nil).
11247 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11248 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11249 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11250 `fortran-continuation-string'
11251 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11252 line (default \"$\").
11253 `fortran-comment-region'
11254 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11255 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11256 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11257 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11258 as typed (default t).
11259 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11260 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11261
11262 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11263 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11264
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11266
11267 ;;;***
11268 \f
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11270 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11271 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11272
11273 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11274 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11275
11276 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11277 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11278
11279 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11282 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11283
11284 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11285 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11286
11287 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11290 Compile fortune file.
11291
11292 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11293 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11294
11295 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11298 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11299
11300 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11301 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11302 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11303 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11304
11305 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11308 Display a fortune cookie.
11309
11310 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11311 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11312 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11313 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11314
11315 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11316
11317 ;;;***
11318 \f
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11320 ;;;;;; (17454 30835))
11321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11322
11323 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11324 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11325 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11326 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11327
11328 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11329 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11330 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11331 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11332
11333 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11334 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11335 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11336 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11337 some of the buffers.
11338
11339 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11340
11341 The following commands help control operation :
11342
11343 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11344 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11345
11346 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11347 detailed description of this mode.
11348
11349
11350 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11351 | GDB Toolbar |
11352 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11353 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11354 | | |
11355 | | |
11356 | | |
11357 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11358 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11359 | | (comint-mode) |
11360 | | |
11361 | | |
11362 | | |
11363 | | |
11364 | | |
11365 | | |
11366 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11367 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11368 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11369 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11370 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11371 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11372
11373 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11374
11375 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11376 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11377
11378 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui")
11379
11380 ;;;***
11381 \f
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11383 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17390
11384 ;;;;;; 26938))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11386
11387 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11388 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11389 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11390 instead (which see).")
11391
11392 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11393 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11394
11395 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11396 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11397 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11398 documentation string instead.
11399
11400 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11401 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11402 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11403 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11404 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11405 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11406 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11407 enders are actually possible.
11408
11409 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11410 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11411
11412 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11413 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11414 `font-lock-keywords'.
11415
11416 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11417 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11418 runs the macro expansion.
11419
11420 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11421 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11422 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11423
11424 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11425
11426 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11427
11428 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11429 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11430
11431 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11432
11433 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11434 Enter generic mode MODE.
11435
11436 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11437 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11438 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11439
11440 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11441 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11442
11443 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11444
11445 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11446 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11447 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11448 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11449 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11450 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11451 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11452 `font-lock-keywords'.
11453
11454 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11455
11456 ;;;***
11457 \f
11458 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11459 ;;;;;; (17407 3111))
11460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11461
11462 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11463 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11464 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11465 at places they belong to.
11466
11467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11468
11469 ;;;***
11470 \f
11471 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11472 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17427 41288))
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11474
11475 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11476 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11477
11478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11479
11480 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11481 Read network news.
11482 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11483 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11484 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11485 name of an NNTP server to use.
11486 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11487 server.
11488
11489 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11492 Read news as a slave.
11493
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11495
11496 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11497 Pop up a frame to read news.
11498 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11499 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11500 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11501 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11502 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11503 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11504 current display is used.
11505
11506 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11507
11508 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11509 Read network news.
11510 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11511 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11512 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11513
11514 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11515
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11519 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11520 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11521 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11522 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11523 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17441 26811))
11524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11525
11526 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11527 Start Gnus unplugged.
11528
11529 \(fn)" t nil)
11530
11531 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11532 Start Gnus plugged.
11533
11534 \(fn)" t nil)
11535
11536 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11537 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11538
11539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11542 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11543
11544 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11545 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11546 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11547
11548 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11549 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11550 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11551
11552 \(fn)" t nil)
11553
11554 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11555 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11556
11557 \(fn)" nil nil)
11558
11559 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11560 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11561 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11562 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11563 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11564 supported.
11565
11566 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11567
11568 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11569 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11570 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11571 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11572 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11573 supported.
11574
11575 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11576
11577 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11578 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11579
11580 \(fn)" nil nil)
11581
11582 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11583 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11584 downloaded into the agent.
11585
11586 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11587
11588 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11589 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11590 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11591 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11592
11593 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11594
11595 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11596 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11597
11598 \(fn)" t nil)
11599
11600 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11601 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11602
11603 \(fn)" t nil)
11604
11605 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11606 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11607 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11608
11609 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11610
11611 ;;;***
11612 \f
11613 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11614 ;;;;;; (17441 26663))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11616
11617 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11618 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11619
11620 \(fn)" nil nil)
11621
11622 ;;;***
11623 \f
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11625 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11627
11628 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11629 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11630
11631 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11636 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11637 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11638 ;;;;;; 38805))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11640
11641 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11642 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11643
11644 Usage:
11645 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11646
11647 \(fn)" t nil)
11648
11649 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11650 Generate the cache active file.
11651
11652 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11653
11654 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11655 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11656
11657 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11658
11659 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11660 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11661 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11662 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11663 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11664 supported.
11665
11666 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11667
11668 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11669 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11670 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11671 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11672 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11673 supported.
11674
11675 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11676
11677 ;;;***
11678 \f
11679 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11680 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11682
11683 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11684 Delay this article by some time.
11685 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11686
11687 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11688 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11689
11690 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11691 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11692
11693 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11694 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11695
11696 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11697
11698 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11699 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11700
11701 \(fn)" t nil)
11702
11703 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11704 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11705 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11706 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11707
11708 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11709 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11710
11711 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11712
11713 ;;;***
11714 \f
11715 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11716 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11718
11719 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11720 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11721
11722 \(fn)" nil nil)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11727 ;;;;;; (17418 6749))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11729
11730 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11731 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11732
11733 \(fn)" t nil)
11734
11735 ;;;***
11736 \f
11737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11738 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17383
11740 ;;;;;; 38805))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11742
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11744 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11745
11746 \(fn)" t nil)
11747
11748 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11749 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11750
11751 \(fn)" t nil)
11752
11753 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11754 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11755
11756 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11757
11758 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11759 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11760
11761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11762
11763 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11764 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11765 The PNG is returned as a string.
11766
11767 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11770 Convert FILE to a Face.
11771 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11772 726 bytes.
11773
11774 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11775
11776 ;;;***
11777 \f
11778 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11779 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17427 41288))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11781
11782 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11783 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11784 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11785
11786 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11787
11788 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11789 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11790
11791 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11792
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11796 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11798
11799 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11800
11801 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11802 Run batched scoring.
11803 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11804
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11806
11807 ;;;***
11808 \f
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11810 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11811 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11813
11814 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11815 Not documented
11816
11817 \(fn)" nil nil)
11818
11819 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11820 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11821 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11822
11823 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11826 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11827
11828 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11829
11830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11831
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11835 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11836 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11837 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11838
11839 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11840 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11841 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11842 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11843 group parameters.
11844
11845 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11846 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11847 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11848 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11849
11850 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11851 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11852 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11853 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11854 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11855 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11856 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11857 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11858 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11859 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11860
11861 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11862
11863 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11864 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11865 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11866 nil CATCH-ALL).
11867
11868 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11869 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11870
11871 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11874 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11875 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11876
11877 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11878
11879 \(fn)" nil nil)
11880
11881 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11882 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11883 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11884
11885 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11886
11887 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11888 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11889 existing groups are considered.
11890
11891 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11892 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11893 returned.
11894
11895 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11896 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11897 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11898 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11899 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11900 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11901 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11902 clauses will be generated.
11903
11904 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11905 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11906 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11907 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11908 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11909 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11910
11911 For example, given the following group parameters:
11912
11913 nnml:mail.bar:
11914 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11915 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11916 nnml:mail.foo:
11917 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11918 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11919 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11920 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11921 nnml:mail.others:
11922 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11923
11924 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11925
11926 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11927 \"mail.bar\")
11928 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11929 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11930 \"mail.others\")
11931
11932 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11933
11934 ;;;***
11935 \f
11936 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11937 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11939
11940 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11941 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11942 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11943
11944 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11945
11946 ;;;***
11947 \f
11948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11949 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11951
11952 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11953 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11954 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11955 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11956
11957 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11958
11959 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11960 Mail to ADDRESS.
11961
11962 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11963
11964 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11965 Like `message-reply'.
11966
11967 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11968
11969 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11970
11971 ;;;***
11972 \f
11973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11974 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17427 41288))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11976
11977 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
11978 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11979
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11981
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
11983 Load the NoCeM cache.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 ;;;***
11988 \f
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11990 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11991 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11993
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11995 Display picons in the From header.
11996 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11997
11998 \(fn)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12001 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12002 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12007 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12008 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12009
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12011
12012 ;;;***
12013 \f
12014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12015 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12016 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12017 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12018 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12020
12021 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12022 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12023 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12024 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12025
12026 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12029 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12030 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12031 LIST1 is modified.
12032
12033 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12034
12035 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12036 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12037 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12038
12039 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12040
12041 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12042 Not documented
12043
12044 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12047 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12048 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12049
12050 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12051
12052 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12053 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12054 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12055
12056 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12057
12058 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12059
12060 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12061 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12062 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12063
12064 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12065
12066 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12067 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12068 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12069
12070 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12071
12072 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12073 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12074 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12075
12076 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12077
12078 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12079 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12080
12081 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12086 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17383 38805))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12088
12089 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12090 Not documented
12091
12092 \(fn)" t nil)
12093
12094 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12095 Install the registry hooks.
12096
12097 \(fn)" t nil)
12098
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12102 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17383
12103 ;;;;;; 38805))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12105
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12107 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12108 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12109 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12110 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12111 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12112
12113 \(fn)" t nil)
12114
12115 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12116 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12117 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12118 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12119 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12120
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12122
12123 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12124 Not documented
12125
12126 \(fn)" t nil)
12127
12128 ;;;***
12129 \f
12130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12131 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12133
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12135 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12136 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12137 for matching on group names.
12138
12139 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12140 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12141
12142 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12143
12144 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12145
12146 \(fn)" t nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12151 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12153
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12155 Update the format specification near point.
12156
12157 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12158
12159 ;;;***
12160 \f
12161 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12162 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17427
12163 ;;;;;; 41288))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12165
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12167 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12168
12169 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12170
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12172 Not documented
12173
12174 \(fn)" nil nil)
12175
12176 ;;;***
12177 \f
12178 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12179 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12181
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12183 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12184
12185 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12186
12187 ;;;***
12188 \f
12189 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17383 38807))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12191
12192 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12193 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12194
12195 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12196 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12197 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12198
12199 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12200 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12201 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12202
12203 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12204 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12205
12206 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12207 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12208
12209 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12210
12211 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12216 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17390 26944))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12218
12219 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12220
12221 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12222 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12223 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12224 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12225 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12226
12227 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12228
12229 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12230 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12231 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12232 or to send e-mail.
12233 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12234 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12235
12236 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12237 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12238
12239 \(fn)" t nil)
12240
12241 ;;;***
12242 \f
12243 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12244 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12245 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17441 26652))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12247
12248 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12249 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12250
12251 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12252
12253 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12254 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12255 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12256 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12257 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12258
12259 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12260 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12261
12262 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12263
12264 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12265 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12266 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12267 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12268
12269 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12270
12271 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12272 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12273
12274 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12275
12276 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12277 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12278
12279 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12280 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12281 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12282
12283 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12284 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12285 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12286
12287 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12288 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12289
12290 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12291 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12292
12293 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12294
12295 (defvar grep-history nil)
12296
12297 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12298
12299 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12300 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12301 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12302
12303 \(fn)" nil nil)
12304
12305 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12306 Not documented
12307
12308 \(fn)" nil nil)
12309
12310 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12311 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12312 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12313 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12314 where grep found matches.
12315
12316 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12317 easily repeat a grep command.
12318
12319 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12320 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12321 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12322 if that history list is empty).
12323
12324 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12325 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12326
12327 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12328
12329 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12330 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12331
12332 \(fn)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12335 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12336 Collect output in a buffer.
12337 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12338 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12339
12340 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12341 easily repeat a find command.
12342
12343 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12344
12345 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12346
12347 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12348 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12349 Collect output in a buffer.
12350 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12351 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12352 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12353 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12354 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12355
12356 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12357 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12358
12359 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12360 easily repeat a find command.
12361
12362 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12363 those sub directories of DIR.
12364
12365 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12366
12367 ;;;***
12368 \f
12369 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12371
12372 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12373 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12374 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12375 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12376 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12377
12378 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12379
12380 ;;;***
12381 \f
12382 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12383 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17454 30835))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12385
12386 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12387 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12388 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12389 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12390 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12391 `gdba' for more information.
12392
12393 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12394 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12395
12396 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12397
12398 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12399 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12400 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12401 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12402
12403 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12404
12405 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12406 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12407 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12408 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12409
12410 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12413 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12414 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12415 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12416
12417 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12418 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12419
12420 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12421
12422 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12423 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12424 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12425 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12426
12427 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12428
12429 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12430 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12432 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12433
12434 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12435
12436 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12437 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12438 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12439 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12440 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12441
12442 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12443 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12444 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12445 original source file access method.
12446
12447 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12448 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12449
12450 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12451
12452 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12453 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12454 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12455 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12456
12457 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12458 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12459
12460 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12461
12462 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12463 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12464
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12466
12467 ;;;***
12468 \f
12469 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17383
12470 ;;;;;; 38807))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12472
12473 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12474 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12475 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12476 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12477
12478 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12479 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12480 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12481 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12482
12483 \(fn)" t nil)
12484
12485 ;;;***
12486 \f
12487 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12488 ;;;;;; (17279 27079))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12490
12491 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12492 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12493
12494 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12495
12496 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12497 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12498 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12499 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12500
12501 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12502
12503 \(fn)" t nil)
12504
12505 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12506 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12507 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12508 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12509 to be updated.
12510
12511 \(fn)" t nil)
12512
12513 ;;;***
12514 \f
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12516 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12517 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12518 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17390 26939))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12520
12521 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12522 Return the help-echo string at point.
12523 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12524 property, or nil, is returned.
12525 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12526 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12527 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12528
12529 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12530
12531 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12532 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12533 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12534 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12535 this produces no string either, return nil.
12536
12537 \(fn)" nil nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12540 Display local help in the echo area.
12541 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12542 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12543 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12544 printed instead.
12545
12546 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12547 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12548 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12549
12550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12553 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12554 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12555
12556 \(fn)" t nil)
12557
12558 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12559 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12560 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12561
12562 \(fn)" t nil)
12563
12564 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12565 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12566 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12567 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12568 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12569 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12570 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12571 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12572 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12573 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12574 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12575
12576 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12577 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12578 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12579 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12580 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12581
12582 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12583 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12584 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12585 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12586 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12587 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12588 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12589 The default is `never'.")
12590
12591 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12592
12593 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12594 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12595 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12596 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12597 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12598 considered different regions.
12599
12600 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12601 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12602 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12603 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12604 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12605 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12606 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12607 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12608 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12609
12610 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12611
12612 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12613 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12614 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12615 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12616 different regions.
12617
12618 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12619 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12620 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12621 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12622 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12623 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12624 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12625 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12626
12627 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12628 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12629 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12630 rarely happens in practice.
12631
12632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12633
12634 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12635 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12636 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12637 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12638 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12639 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12640
12641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12642
12643 ;;;***
12644 \f
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12646 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12647 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12648 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17401 60341))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12650
12651 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12652 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12653 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12654 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12655 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12656 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12657
12658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12659
12660 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12661 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12662
12663 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12664
12665 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12666 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12667 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12668
12669 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12670
12671 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12672 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12673
12674 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12675
12676 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12677 Not documented
12678
12679 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12680
12681 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12682 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12683 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12684 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12685
12686 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12689 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12690 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12691 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12692 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12693 it is displayed along with the global value.
12694
12695 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12696
12697 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12698 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12699 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12700 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12701
12702 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12703
12704 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12705 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12706 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12707 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12708 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12709
12710 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12711
12712 ;;;***
12713 \f
12714 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12715 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12717
12718 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12719 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12720 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12721 and window listing and describing the options.
12722 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12723 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12724
12725 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12726
12727 ;;;***
12728 \f
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12730 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12731 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17441 26668))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12733
12734 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12735 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12736 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12737 Commands:
12738 \\{help-mode-map}
12739
12740 \(fn)" t nil)
12741
12742 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12743 Not documented
12744
12745 \(fn)" nil nil)
12746
12747 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12748 Not documented
12749
12750 \(fn)" nil nil)
12751
12752 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12753 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12754
12755 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12756 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12757 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12758 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12759
12760 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12761 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12762 restore it properly when going back.
12763
12764 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12765
12766 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12767 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12768
12769 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12770 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12771 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12772 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12773 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12774 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12775 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12776 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12777
12778 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12779 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12780 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12781 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12782
12783 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12784 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12785 that.
12786
12787 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12788
12789 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12790 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12791 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12792 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12793 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12794 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12795
12796 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12797
12798 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12799 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12800 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12801 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12802 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12803
12804 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12805
12806 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12807 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12808
12809 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12810
12811 ;;;***
12812 \f
12813 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12814 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17390 26938))
12815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12816
12817 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12818 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12819
12820 \(fn)" t nil)
12821
12822 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12823 Provide help for current mode.
12824
12825 \(fn)" t nil)
12826
12827 ;;;***
12828 \f
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12830 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17390 26939))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12832
12833 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12834 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12835 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12836 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12837 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12838
12839 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12840 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12841
12842 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12843 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12844 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12845 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12846
12847 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12848 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12849 periods.
12850
12851 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12852 in hexl format.
12853
12854 A sample format:
12855
12856 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12857 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12858 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12859 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12860 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12861 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12862 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12863 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12864 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12865 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12866 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12867 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12868 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12869 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12870 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12871
12872 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12873 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12874 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12875
12876 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12877 also supported.
12878
12879 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12880
12881 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12882 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12883 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12884
12885 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12886 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12887 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12888
12889 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12890 into the buffer at the current point.
12891
12892 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12893 into the buffer at the current point.
12894
12895 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12896 into the buffer at the current point.
12897
12898 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12899
12900 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12901 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12902
12903 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12904
12905 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12906
12907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908
12909 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12910 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12911 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12912
12913 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12914
12915 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12916 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12917 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12918
12919 \(fn)" t nil)
12920
12921 ;;;***
12922 \f
12923 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12924 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12925 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12926 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
12927 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12928
12929 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12930 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12931
12932 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12933 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12934 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12935 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12936 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12937 called interactively, are:
12938
12939 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12940 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12941
12942 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12943 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12944 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12945 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12946
12947 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12948 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12949
12950 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12951 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12952
12953 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12954 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12955 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12956 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12957 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12958 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12959
12960 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12961 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12962
12963 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12964 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12965 Hi-lock: FOO
12966 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12967 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12968 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12969 Patterns will be read until
12970 Hi-lock: end
12971 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12972
12973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12974
12975 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12976 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12977 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12979 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12980
12981 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12982
12983 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12984
12985 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12986 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
12987 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12988 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
12989 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
12990
12991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12992
12993 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12994
12995 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12996 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12997
12998 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12999 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13000 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13001 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13002
13003 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13004
13005 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13006
13007 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13008 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13009
13010 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13011 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13012 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13013 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13014
13015 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13016
13017 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13018
13019 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13020 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13021
13022 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13023 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13024
13025 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13026
13027 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13028
13029 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13030 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13031
13032 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13033 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13034 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13035 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13036 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13037
13038 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13039
13040 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13041 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13042
13043 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13044 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13045 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13046
13047 \(fn)" t nil)
13048
13049 ;;;***
13050 \f
13051 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13052 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17390 27408))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13054
13055 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13056 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13057 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13058 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13059 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13060 how the hiding is done:
13061
13062 `hide-ifdef-env'
13063 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13064 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13065 is used.
13066
13067 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13068 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13069 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13070 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13071 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13072
13073 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13074 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13075 #endif lines when hiding.
13076
13077 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13078 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13079 is activated.
13080
13081 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13082 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13083 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13084
13085 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13086
13087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13088
13089 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13090 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13091
13092 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13093
13094 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13095 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13096
13097 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13098
13099 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13100 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13101
13102 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13107 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
13108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13109
13110 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13111 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13112 Each element has the form
13113 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13114
13115 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13116 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13117
13118 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13119 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13120
13121 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13122 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13123 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13124 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13125 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13126 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13127
13128 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13129 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13130
13131 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13132 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13133
13134 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13135 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13136 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13137
13138 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13139 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13140 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13141 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13142 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13143 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13144
13145 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13146 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13147 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13148
13149 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13150 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13151
13152 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13153
13154 Key bindings:
13155 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13156
13157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158
13159 ;;;***
13160 \f
13161 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13162 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13163 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13164 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13165 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17390 27370))
13166 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13167
13168 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13169 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13170 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13171
13172 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13173
13174 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13175 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13176
13177 Without an argument:
13178 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13179 or passive state as determined by the variable
13180 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13181 and passive state.
13182
13183 With an argument ARG:
13184 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13185 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13186 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13187
13188 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13189 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13190 not displayed in a different face.
13191
13192 Functions:
13193 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13194 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13195 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13196 buffer with the contents of a file
13197 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13198 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13199 various faces
13200
13201 Hook variables:
13202 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13203 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13204 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13205
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13207
13208 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13209 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13210
13211 \(fn)" t nil)
13212
13213 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13214 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13215
13216 \(fn)" t nil)
13217
13218 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13219 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13220
13221 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13222 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13223 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13224 shown in the last face in the list.
13225
13226 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13227 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13228 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13229
13230 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13231
13232 \(fn)" t nil)
13233
13234 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13235 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13236
13237 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13238
13239 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13240 to save the file.
13241
13242 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13243 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13244
13245 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13246 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13247 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13248
13249 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13252 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13253
13254 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13255 this function is called interactively.
13256
13257 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13258 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13259 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13260
13261 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13262 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13263 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13264
13265 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13266
13267 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13268 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13269
13270 When called interactively:
13271 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13272 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13273 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13274 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13275
13276 When called from a program:
13277 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13278 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13279 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13280 - otherwise just turn it on
13281
13282 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13283 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13284 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13285 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13286
13287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13288
13289 ;;;***
13290 \f
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13292 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13293 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13294 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13295 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17390 26939))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13297
13298 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13299 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13300 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13301 or insert functions in this list.")
13302
13303 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13304
13305 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13306 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13307
13308 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13309
13310 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13311 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13312
13313 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13314
13315 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13316 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13317
13318 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13319
13320 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13321 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13322
13323 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13324
13325 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13326 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13327 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13328
13329 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13330
13331 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13332 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13333 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13334 \(as atoms)")
13335
13336 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13337
13338 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13339 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13340 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13341 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13342 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13343
13344 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13345
13346 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13347 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13348 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13349 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13350 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13351 expansions.
13352 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13353 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13354 undoes the expansion.
13355
13356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13357
13358 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13359 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13360 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13361 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13362
13363 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13364
13365 ;;;***
13366 \f
13367 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13368 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13370
13371 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13372 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13373 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13374
13375 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13376 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13377 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13378 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13379 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13380
13381 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13382 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13383 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13384 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13385
13386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13387
13388 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13389 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13390 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13392 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13393
13394 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13395
13396 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13397
13398 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13399 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13400 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13401
13402 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13403 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13404
13405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13406
13407 ;;;***
13408 \f
13409 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13410 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13411 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13412
13413 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13414 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13415 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13416
13417 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13418
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13420
13421 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13422 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13423
13424 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13425 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13426 different list. For example,
13427
13428 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13429 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13430
13431 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13432 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13433
13434 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13435 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13436 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13437 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13438 of a holiday list.
13439
13440 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13441
13442 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13443
13444 ;;;***
13445 \f
13446 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13447 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17383 38806))
13448 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13449
13450 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13451 This function is obsolete.
13452 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13453 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13454
13455 \(fn)" nil nil)
13456
13457 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13458 This function is obsolete.
13459 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13460 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13461
13462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13465 This function is obsolete.
13466 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13467 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13468
13469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13470
13471 ;;;***
13472 \f
13473 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17396
13474 ;;;;;; 42171))
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13476
13477 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13478 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13479
13480 \(fn)" t nil)
13481
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13485 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13486 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13487 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13488 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13489 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13490 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13491 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13492 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13493 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13494 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13495 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13496 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13497 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13498 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13499 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13500 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13501 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13502 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13503 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13504 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13505 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13506 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17454 30832))
13507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13508
13509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13510 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13511 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13512
13513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13514
13515 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13516 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13517
13518 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13519
13520 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13521 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13522
13523 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13524
13525 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13526 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13527
13528 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13529
13530 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13531 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13532
13533 \(fn)" t nil)
13534
13535 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13536 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13537
13538 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13539
13540 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13541 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13542
13543 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13544 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13545 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13546 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13547 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13548 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13549 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13550 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13551 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13552 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13553 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13554 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13555
13556 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13557 Not documented
13558
13559 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13560
13561 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13562 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13563
13564 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13567 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13568
13569 \(fn)" t nil)
13570
13571 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13572 Remove the first filter group.
13573
13574 \(fn)" t nil)
13575
13576 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13577 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13578
13579 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13580
13581 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13582 Remove all filter groups.
13583
13584 \(fn)" t nil)
13585
13586 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13587 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13588
13589 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13590
13591 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13592 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13593 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13594
13595 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13596
13597 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13598 Kill the filter group at point.
13599 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13600
13601 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13602
13603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13604 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13605
13606 \(fn)" t nil)
13607
13608 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13609 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13610
13611 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13612
13613 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13614 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13615 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13616 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13617
13618 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13619
13620 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13621 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13622 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13623
13624 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13625
13626 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13627 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13628 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13629 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13630 of replacing the current filters.
13631
13632 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13633
13634 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13635 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13636
13637 \(fn)" t nil)
13638
13639 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13640 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13641
13642 \(fn)" t nil)
13643
13644 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13645 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13646
13647 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13648 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13649 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13650
13651 \(fn)" t nil)
13652
13653 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13654 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13655
13656 \(fn)" t nil)
13657
13658 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13659 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13660
13661 \(fn)" t nil)
13662
13663 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13664 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13665 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13666 filter into parts.
13667
13668 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13669
13670 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13671 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13672 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13673
13674 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13675
13676 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13677 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13678
13679 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13680
13681 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13682 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13683
13684 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13687 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13688 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13689 of replacing the current filters.
13690
13691 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13692 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13693 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13694 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13695 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13696 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13697 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13698 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13699 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13700
13701 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13702 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13703 Default sorting modes are:
13704 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13705 Name - the name of the buffer
13706 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13707 Size - the size of the buffer
13708
13709 \(fn)" t nil)
13710
13711 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13712 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13713
13714 \(fn)" t nil)
13715 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13716 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13717 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13718 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13719
13720 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13721 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13722
13723 \(fn)" t nil)
13724
13725 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13726 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13727 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13728 for this Ibuffer session.
13729
13730 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13731
13732 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13733 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13734 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13735 for this Ibuffer session.
13736
13737 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13738
13739 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13740 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13741
13742 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13743 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13744
13745 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13746 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13747
13748 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13749
13750 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13751 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13752
13753 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13754 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13755
13756 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13757
13758 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13759 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13760
13761 \(fn)" t nil)
13762
13763 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13764 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13765
13766 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13767 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13768 hidden group filter, open it.
13769
13770 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13771 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13772 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13773
13774 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13777 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13778 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13779
13780 \(fn)" t nil)
13781
13782 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13783 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13784
13785 The names are separated by a space.
13786 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13787
13788 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13789 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13790 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13791 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13792
13793 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13794
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13796
13797 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13798 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13799
13800 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13801
13802 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13803 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13804
13805 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13806
13807 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13808 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13809
13810 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13811
13812 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13813 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13814
13815 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13816
13817 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13818 Mark all modified buffers.
13819
13820 \(fn)" t nil)
13821
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13824
13825 \(fn)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13828 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13834
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13839
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13849
13850 \(fn)" t nil)
13851
13852 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13853 Mark all read-only buffers.
13854
13855 \(fn)" t nil)
13856
13857 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13858 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13859
13860 \(fn)" t nil)
13861
13862 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13863 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13864 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13865 defaults to one.
13866
13867 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13868
13869 ;;;***
13870 \f
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13872 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17390
13873 ;;;;;; 26939))
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13875
13876 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13877 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13878
13879 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13880 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13881 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13882
13883 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13884 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13885 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13886 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13887 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13888 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13889
13890 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13891 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13892 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13893 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13894 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13895
13896 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13897
13898 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13899 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13900 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13901 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13902 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13903
13904 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13905 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13906 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13907
13908 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13909
13910 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13911 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13912 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13913 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13914 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13915 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13916
13917 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13918 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13919 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13920 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13921 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13922 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13923 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13924 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13925 values are:
13926 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13927 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13928 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13929 buffer's modification flag.
13930 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13931 prompted before performing this operation.
13932 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13933 operation is complete, in the form:
13934 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13935 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13936 confirmation message, in the form:
13937 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13938 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13939 macro for exactly what it does.
13940
13941 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13942
13943 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13944 Define a filter named NAME.
13945 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13946 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13947 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13948
13949 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13950 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13951 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13952 bound to the current value of the filter.
13953
13954 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13955
13956 ;;;***
13957 \f
13958 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13959 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17379 30025))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13961
13962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13963 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13964 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13965 buffers which are visiting a file.
13966
13967 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13970 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13971 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13972 buffers which are visiting a file.
13973
13974 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13977 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13978 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13979
13980 All arguments are optional.
13981 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13982 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13983 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13984 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13985 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13986 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13987 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13988 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13989 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13990 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13991 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13992 that value locally in this buffer.
13993
13994 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13995
13996 ;;;***
13997 \f
13998 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13999 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14000 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17401 60141))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14002
14003 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14004 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14005 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14006 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14007
14008 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14009
14010 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14011 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14012 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14013 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14014 ICAL-FILENAME.
14015 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14016 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14017 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14018
14019 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14022 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14023 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14024 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14025 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14026 non-marking or not.
14027
14028 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14031 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14032
14033 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14034 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14035 DIARY-FILE.
14036
14037 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14038 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14039 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14040
14041 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14042 non-marking.
14043
14044 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14045 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14046 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14047
14048 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14049
14050 ;;;***
14051 \f
14052 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17401
14053 ;;;;;; 60148))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14055
14056 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14057 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14058 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14060 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14061
14062 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14063
14064 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14065
14066 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14067 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14068 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14069
14070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14071
14072 ;;;***
14073 \f
14074 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14076
14077 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14078 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14079 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14080 Tab indents for Icon code.
14081 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14082 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14083 \\{icon-mode-map}
14084 Variables controlling indentation style:
14085 icon-tab-always-indent
14086 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14087 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14088 icon-auto-newline
14089 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14090 inserted in Icon code.
14091 icon-indent-level
14092 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14093 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14094 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14095 icon-continued-statement-offset
14096 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14097 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14098 icon-continued-brace-offset
14099 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14100 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14101 icon-brace-offset
14102 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14103 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14104 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14105 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14106
14107 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14108 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14109
14110 \(fn)" t nil)
14111
14112 ;;;***
14113 \f
14114 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14115 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
14116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14117
14118 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14119 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14120 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14121 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14122
14123 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14124 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14125 separate frames.
14126
14127 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14128 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14129
14130 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14131 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14132 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14133
14134 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14135
14136 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14137
14138 ;;;***
14139 \f
14140 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14141 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14143
14144 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14145 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14146
14147 The main features of this mode are
14148
14149 1. Indentation and Formatting
14150 --------------------------
14151 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14152 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14153
14154 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14155 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14156 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14157 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14158
14159 Comments are indented as follows:
14160
14161 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14162 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14163 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14164
14165 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14166
14167 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14168 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14169 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14170 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14171 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14172 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14173
14174 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14175 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14176 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14177 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14178
14179 2. Routine Info
14180 ------------
14181 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14182 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14183 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14184 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14185 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14186 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14187 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14188 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14189 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14190 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14191
14192 3. Online IDL Help
14193 ---------------
14194 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14195 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14196 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14197 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14198 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14199 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14200
14201 4. Completion
14202 ----------
14203 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14204 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14205 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14206 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14207 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14208 upper case.
14209
14210 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14211 --------------------------------
14212 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14213 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14214
14215 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14216 \\fu FUNCTION template
14217 \\c CASE statement template
14218 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14219 \\f FOR loop template
14220 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14221 \\w WHILE loop template
14222 \\i IF statement template
14223 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14224 \\b BEGIN
14225
14226 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14227 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14228
14229 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14230 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14231 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14232 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14233
14234 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14235 -------------------------
14236 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14237 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14238
14239 7. Automatic END completion
14240 ------------------------
14241 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14242 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14243
14244 8. Hooks
14245 -----
14246 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14247 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14248
14249 9. Documentation and Customization
14250 -------------------------------
14251 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14252 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14253 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14254 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14255 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14256
14257 10.Keybindings
14258 -----------
14259 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14260 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14261 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14262
14263 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14264
14265 \(fn)" t nil)
14266 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14271 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14272 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14273 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14274 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14275 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14276 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14277 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17441
14278 ;;;;;; 26659))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14280
14281 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14282 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14283 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14284 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14285 displaying...)
14286 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14287 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14288 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14289
14290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14291 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14292
14293 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14294
14295 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14296 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14297 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14298 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14299 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14300 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14301 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14302 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14303 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14304
14305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14308 Switch to another buffer.
14309 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14310 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14311 in another frame.
14312
14313 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14314 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14315 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14316 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14317 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14318
14319 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14320 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14321
14322 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14323 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14324
14325 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14326 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14327 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14328 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14329 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14330 in a separate window.
14331 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14332 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14333 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14334 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14335 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14336 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14337 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14338 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14339 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14340
14341 \(fn)" t nil)
14342
14343 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14344 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14345 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14346 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14347
14348 \(fn)" t nil)
14349
14350 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14351 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14352 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14353 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14354
14355 \(fn)" t nil)
14356
14357 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14358 Kill a buffer.
14359 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14360 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14361
14362 \(fn)" t nil)
14363
14364 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14365 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14366 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14367 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14368
14369 \(fn)" t nil)
14370
14371 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14372 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14373 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14374 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14375
14376 \(fn)" t nil)
14377
14378 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14379 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14380
14381 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14382
14383 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14384 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14385 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14386 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14387 visible in another frame.
14388
14389 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14390 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14391 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14392 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14393 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14394 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14395
14396 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14397 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14398
14399 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14400 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14401
14402 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14403 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14404 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14405 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14406 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14407 in a separate window.
14408 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14409 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14410 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14411 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14412 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14413 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14414 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14415 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14416 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14417 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14418 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14419 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14420 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14421 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14422 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14423
14424 \(fn)" t nil)
14425
14426 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14427 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14428 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14429 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14430
14431 \(fn)" t nil)
14432
14433 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14434 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14435 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14436 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14437
14438 \(fn)" t nil)
14439
14440 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14441 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14442 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14443 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14444
14445 \(fn)" t nil)
14446
14447 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14448 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14449 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14450 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14451
14452 \(fn)" t nil)
14453
14454 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14455 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14456 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14457 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14458
14459 \(fn)" t nil)
14460
14461 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14462 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14463 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14464 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14465
14466 \(fn)" t nil)
14467
14468 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14469 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14470 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14471 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14472
14473 \(fn)" t nil)
14474
14475 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14476 Write current buffer to a file.
14477 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14478 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14479
14480 \(fn)" t nil)
14481
14482 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14483 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14484 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14485 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14486
14487 \(fn)" t nil)
14488
14489 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14490 Call dired the ido way.
14491 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14492 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14493
14494 \(fn)" t nil)
14495
14496 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14497 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14498 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14499 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14500 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14501 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14502
14503 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14504
14505 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14506 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14507 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14508 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14509
14510 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14511
14512 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14513 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14514 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14515 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14516
14517 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14518
14519 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14520 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14521 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14522 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14523 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14524 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14525 with `completing-read'.
14526 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14527 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14528 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14529 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14530 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14531 with point positioned at the end.
14532 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14533 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14534
14535 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14536
14537 ;;;***
14538 \f
14539 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17390 26940))
14540 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14541 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14542
14543 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14544 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14545 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14546
14547 \(fn)" t nil)
14548
14549 ;;;***
14550 \f
14551 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14552 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
14553 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14554
14555 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14556 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14557
14558 \(fn)" t nil)
14559
14560 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14561 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14562
14563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14564
14565 ;;;***
14566 \f
14567 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14568 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14569 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14570 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17441 26666))
14571 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14572
14573 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14574 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14575 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14576 be determined.
14577
14578 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14579
14580 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14581 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14582 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14583 be determined.
14584
14585 \(fn)" nil nil)
14586
14587 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14588 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14589 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14590 be determined.
14591
14592 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14593
14594 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14595 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14596 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14597 be determined.
14598
14599 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14600
14601 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14602 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14603 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14604
14605 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14606
14607 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14608 Create an image.
14609 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14610 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14611 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14612 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14613 use its file extension as image type.
14614 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14615 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14616 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14617 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14618
14619 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14620
14621 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14624 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14625 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14626 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14627 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14628 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14629 POS may be an integer or marker.
14630 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14631 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14632 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14633 means display it in the right marginal area.
14634
14635 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14636
14637 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14638 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14639 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14640 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14641 defaulted if you omit it.
14642 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14643 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14644 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14645 means display it in the right marginal area.
14646 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14647 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14648 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14649 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14650 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14651
14652 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14653
14654 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14655 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14656 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14657 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14658 defaulted if you omit it.
14659 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14660 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14661 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14662 means display it in the right marginal area.
14663 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14664
14665 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14666
14667 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14668 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14669 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14670 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14671
14672 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14673
14674 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14675 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14676
14677 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14678
14679 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14680 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14681 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14682 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14683 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14684 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14685 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14686 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14687 satisfied.
14688
14689 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14690
14691 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14692
14693 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14694
14695 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14696 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14697
14698 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14699 documentation string.
14700
14701 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14702 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14703 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14704 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14705 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14706 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14707 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14708 define SYMBOL.
14709
14710 Example:
14711
14712 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14713 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14714
14715 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14716
14717 ;;;***
14718 \f
14719 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14720 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14721 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
14722 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14723
14724 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14725 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14726 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14727 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14728
14729 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14730 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14731 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14732 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14733
14734 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14735
14736 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14737 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14738 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14739 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14740
14741 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14742 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14743 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14744 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14745
14746 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14747
14748 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14749 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14750
14751 \(fn)" nil nil)
14752
14753 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14754 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14755 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14756 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14757
14758 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14759
14760 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14761 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14762 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14764 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14765
14766 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14767
14768 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14769
14770 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14771 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14772 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14773 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14774
14775 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14776 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14777 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14778
14779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14780
14781 ;;;***
14782 \f
14783 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14784 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17390 27370))
14785 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14786 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14787 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14788 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14789 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14790 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14791 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14792
14793 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14794 Major mode for image files.
14795 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14796 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14801 Toggle Image minor mode.
14802 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14803 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14804
14805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14808 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14809 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14810 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14811 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14812 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14813
14814 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14815 information on these modes.
14816
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14818
14819 ;;;***
14820 \f
14821 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14822 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17390 26940))
14823 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14824
14825 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14826 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14827
14828 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14829
14830 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14831 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14832 in the buffer.
14833
14834 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14835
14836 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14837 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14838 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14839
14840 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14841
14842 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14843 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14844
14845 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14846 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14847 pattern's structure.
14848
14849 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14850 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14851 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14852 during matching.")
14853
14854 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14855
14856 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14857 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14858
14859 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14860 of the current buffer as an alist.
14861
14862 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14863 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14864 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14865 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14866 if it is a sub-alist.
14867
14868 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14869
14870 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14871
14872 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14873 Function for finding the next index position.
14874
14875 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14876 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14877 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14878 file.
14879
14880 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14881 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14882
14883 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14884
14885 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14886 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14887
14888 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14889 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14890 It should return the name for that index item.")
14891
14892 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14893
14894 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14895 Function to compare string with index item.
14896
14897 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14898 non-nil if they match.
14899
14900 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14901 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14902 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14903 arguments match\".")
14904
14905 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14906
14907 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14908 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14909 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14910
14911 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14912
14913 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14914
14915 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14916
14917 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14918 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14919 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14920 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14921
14922 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14923
14924 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14925 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14926
14927 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14928
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14930
14931 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14932 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14933 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14934 for more information.
14935
14936 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14937
14938 ;;;***
14939 \f
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14941 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14942 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17342 36796))
14943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14944
14945 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14946 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14947
14948 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14949
14950 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14951 Not documented
14952
14953 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14954
14955 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14956 Not documented
14957
14958 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14961 Not documented
14962
14963 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14964
14965 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14966 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14967 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14968 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14969 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14970
14971 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14972
14973 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14974 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14975 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14976 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14977 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14978
14979 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14980
14981 ;;;***
14982 \f
14983 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14984 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14985 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17390 27408))
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14987
14988 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14989 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14990 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14991 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14992 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14993
14994 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14995
14996 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14997 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14998
14999 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15000
15001 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15002 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15003 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15004 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15005 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15006 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15007 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15008 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15009
15010 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15011
15012 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15013 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15014 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15015 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15016 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15017
15018 This variable is only used if the variable
15019 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15020
15021 More precise choices:
15022 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15023 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15024 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15025
15026 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15027
15028 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15029
15030 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15031 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15032
15033 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15034 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15035 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15036 to that buffer.
15037 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15038 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15039 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15040 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15041
15042 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15043 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15044
15045 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15046
15047 ;;;***
15048 \f
15049 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15050 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15051 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15052 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17427 42815))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15054
15055 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15056 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15057
15058 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15059 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15060 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15061
15062 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15063 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15064 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15065 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15066 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15067 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15068 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15069 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15070 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15071 with the top-level Info directory.
15072
15073 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15074 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15075 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15076 appended to the Info buffer name.
15077
15078 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15079 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15080 in all the directories in that path.
15081
15082 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15083
15084 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15085 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15086
15087 \(fn)" t nil)
15088
15089 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15090 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15091 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15092 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15093
15094 \(fn)" nil nil)
15095
15096 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15097 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15098 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15099 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15100
15101 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15104 Go to the Info directory node.
15105
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15107
15108 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15109 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15110 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15111 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15112 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15113 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15114
15115 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15116
15117 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15118 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15119 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15120
15121 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15122
15123 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15124 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15125 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15126 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15127 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15128
15129 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15130 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15131
15132 Selecting other nodes:
15133 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15134 Follow a node reference you click on.
15135 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15136 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15137 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15138 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15139 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15140 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15141 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15142 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15143 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15144 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15145 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15146 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15147 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15148 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15149 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15150 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15151 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15152 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15153 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15154 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15155
15156 Moving within a node:
15157 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15158 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15159 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15160 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15161 move up to the parent node.
15162 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15163 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15164 if there is none.
15165 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15166
15167 Advanced commands:
15168 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15169 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15170 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15171 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15172 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15173 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15174 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15175 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15176 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15177 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15178 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15179 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15180 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15181 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15182 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15183 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15184
15185 \(fn)" nil nil)
15186 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15187
15188 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15189 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15190 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15191 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15192 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15193 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15194
15195 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15196 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15197
15198 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15199 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15200 KEY is a string.
15201 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15202 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15203 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15204 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15205
15206 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15209 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15210 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15211
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15213
15214 ;;;***
15215 \f
15216 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15217 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15218 ;;;;;; (17390 26940))
15219 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15220
15221 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15222 Throw away all cached data.
15223 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15224 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15225 system.
15226
15227 \(fn)" t nil)
15228 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15229
15230 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15231 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15232 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15233 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15234 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15235 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15236
15237 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15238
15239 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15240 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15241
15242 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15243 Display the documentation of a file.
15244 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15245 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15246 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15247 The default file name is the one found at point.
15248
15249 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15250
15251 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15254 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15255
15256 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15257
15258 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15259 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15260
15261 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15262
15263 ;;;***
15264 \f
15265 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15266 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17390 26940))
15267 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15268
15269 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15270 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15271
15272 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15275 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15276 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15277
15278 \(fn)" t nil)
15279
15280 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15281 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15282 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15283
15284 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15285 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15286 quite a while.
15287
15288 \(fn)" t nil)
15289
15290 ;;;***
15291 \f
15292 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15293 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17390 26940))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15295
15296 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15297 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15298
15299 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15300
15301 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15302 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15303 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15304
15305 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15306 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15307 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15308
15309 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15310 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15311 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15312 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15313
15314 \(fn)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15317 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15318 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15319
15320 \(fn)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15323 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15324 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15325 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15326 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15327
15328 \(fn)" nil nil)
15329
15330 ;;;***
15331 \f
15332 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15333 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15334 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
15335 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15336
15337 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15338 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15339
15340 \(fn)" t nil)
15341
15342 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15343 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15344
15345 \(fn)" t nil)
15346
15347 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15348 Not documented
15349
15350 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15351
15352 ;;;***
15353 \f
15354 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17390
15355 ;;;;;; 26940))
15356 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15357
15358 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15359 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15360 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15361 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15362 accessed via isearchb.
15363
15364 \(fn)" t nil)
15365
15366 ;;;***
15367 \f
15368 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15369 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15371
15372 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15373 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15374 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15375 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15376 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15377 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15378
15379 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15380 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15381
15382 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15383 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15384 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15385 \"s gives German sharp s.
15386 /a gives a with ring.
15387 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15388 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15389 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15390 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15391
15392 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15393 and a negative argument disables it.
15394
15395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15396
15397 ;;;***
15398 \f
15399 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15400 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15401 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15402 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17279 27079))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15404
15405 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15406 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15407 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15408 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15409
15410 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15411
15412 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15413 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15414 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15415 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15416
15417 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15418
15419 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15420 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15421 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15422 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15423
15424 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15427 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15428 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15429 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15430
15431 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15434 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15435 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15436 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15437
15438 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15439
15440 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15441 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15442 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15443 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15444
15445 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15448 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15449 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15450 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15451
15452 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15453
15454 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15455 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15456 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15457 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15458
15459 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15460
15461 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15462 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15463 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15464 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15465
15466 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15467
15468 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15469 Warn that format is read-only.
15470
15471 \(fn)" t nil)
15472
15473 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15474 Warn that format is write-only.
15475
15476 \(fn)" t nil)
15477
15478 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15479 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15480
15481 \(fn)" t nil)
15482
15483 ;;;***
15484 \f
15485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15486 ;;;;;; (17279 27115))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15488 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15489 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15490 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15491
15492 ;;;***
15493 \f
15494 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15495 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15496 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15497 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15498 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15499 ;;;;;; (17441 26660))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15501
15502 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15503 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15504 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15505 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15506
15507 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15508
15509 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15510 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15511 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15512
15513 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15514 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15515 re-start emacs.")
15516
15517 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15518
15519 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15520
15521 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15522
15523 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15524
15525 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15526
15527 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15528
15529 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15530
15531 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15532 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15533
15534 Each element of this list is also a list:
15535
15536 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15537 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15538
15539 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15540 nil means the default dictionary.
15541
15542 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15543 word.
15544
15545 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15546
15547 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15548 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15549 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15550 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15551 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15552 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15553 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15554 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15555 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15556
15557 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15558 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15559 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15560 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15561 for non-ASCII bytes.
15562
15563 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15564 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15565 single word.
15566
15567 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15568 subprocess.
15569
15570 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15571 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15572 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15573 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15574 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15575 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15576 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15577 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15578
15579 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15580
15581 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15582 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15583 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15584
15585 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15586 Key map for ispell menu.")
15587
15588 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15589 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15590 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15591 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15592
15593 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15594
15595 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15596
15597 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15598
15599 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15600
15601 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15602 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15603 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15604 Valid forms include:
15605 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15606 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15607 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15608 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15609
15610 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15611 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15612 First list is used raw.
15613 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15614
15615 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15616 for skipping in latex mode.")
15617
15618 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15619 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15620 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15621 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15622 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15623 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15624
15625 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15626 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15627 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15628 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15629
15630 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15631 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15632 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15633 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15634 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15635
15636 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15637 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15638
15639 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15640 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15641
15642 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15643 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15644
15645 return values:
15646 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15647 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15648 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15649 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15650 quit spell session exited.
15651
15652 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15653
15654 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15655 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15656 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15657
15658 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15659
15660 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15661 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15662
15663 Selections are:
15664
15665 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15666 SPC: Accept word this time.
15667 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15668 `a': Accept word for this session.
15669 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15670 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15671 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15672 `?': Show these commands.
15673 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15674 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15675 the aborted check to be completed later.
15676 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15677 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15678 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15679 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15680 `C-l': redraws screen
15681 `C-r': recursive edit
15682 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15683
15684 \(fn)" nil nil)
15685
15686 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15687 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15688 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15689
15690 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15693 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15694 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15695 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15696
15697 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15698
15699 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15700
15701 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15702 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15703 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15704 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15705
15706 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15709 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15710
15711 \(fn)" t nil)
15712
15713 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15714 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15715
15716 \(fn)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15719 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15720
15721 \(fn)" t nil)
15722
15723 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15724 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15725 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15726 sequence inside of a word.
15727
15728 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15729
15730 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15733 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15734
15735 \(fn)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15738 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15739 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15740 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15741
15742 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15743 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15744 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15745 available on the net.
15746
15747 \(fn)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15750 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15751 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15752
15753 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15754 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15755
15756 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15757 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15758
15759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15760
15761 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15762 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15763 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15764 Don't check included messages.
15765
15766 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15767 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15768 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15769
15770 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15771 in your .emacs file:
15772 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15773 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15774 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15775 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15776
15777 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15778 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15779 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15780
15781 \(fn)" t nil)
15782
15783 ;;;***
15784 \f
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
15786 ;;;;;; 26660))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15788
15789 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15790 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15791 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15793 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15794
15795 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15796
15797 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15798
15799 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15800 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15801 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15802 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15803 `iswitchb' for details.
15804
15805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15806
15807 ;;;***
15808 \f
15809 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15810 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15811 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15812 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17279 27080))
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15814
15815 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15816 Not documented
15817
15818 \(fn)" nil nil)
15819
15820 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15821 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15822 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15823 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15824 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15825 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15826 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15827 necessary to represent OBJ.
15828
15829 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15830
15831 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15832 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15833 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15834 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15835
15836 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15837
15838 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15839 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15840 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15841 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15842 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15843
15844 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15845
15846 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15847 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15848 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15849 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15850
15851 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15852
15853 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15854 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15855 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15856 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15857
15858 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15859
15860 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15861 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15862
15863 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15864
15865 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15866 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15867 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15868 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15869 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15870
15871 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15872
15873 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15874 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15875 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15876 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15877 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15878
15879 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15882 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15883 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15884
15885 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15886
15887 ;;;***
15888 \f
15889 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15890 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17411 12435))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15892
15893 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15894 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15895 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15896 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15897
15898 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15899 Not documented
15900
15901 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15902
15903 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15904 Uninstall jka-compr.
15905 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15906 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15907 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15908
15909 \(fn)" nil nil)
15910
15911 ;;;***
15912 \f
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15914 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15915 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15917
15918 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15919 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15920 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15921 decimal key must be specified.")
15922
15923 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15924
15925 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15926 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15927 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15928 decimal key must be specified.")
15929
15930 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15931
15932 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15933 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15934 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15935 decimal key must be specified.")
15936
15937 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15938
15939 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15940 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15941 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15942 decimal key must be specified.")
15943
15944 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15945
15946 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15947 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15948 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15949 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15950 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15951 keys are bound.
15952
15953 Setup Binding
15954 -------------------------------------------------------------
15955 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15956 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15957 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15958 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15959 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15960 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15961 in the global and local keymaps.
15962
15963 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15964 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15965
15966 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15967
15968 ;;;***
15969 \f
15970 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15971 ;;;;;; (17307 17630))
15972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15973
15974 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15975 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15976 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15977
15978 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15979 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15980 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15981 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15982 shorter.
15983
15984 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15985 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15986 the context of text formatting.
15987
15988 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15989
15990 ;;;***
15991 \f
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17279
15993 ;;;;;; 27079))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15995
15996 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15997 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15998 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15999 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16000 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16001 positions that contains the current selection.")
16002
16003 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16004 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16005 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16006 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16007 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16008 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16009 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16012
16013 ;;;***
16014 \f
16015 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16016 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16017 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16018 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17390 26941))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16020 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16021 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16022 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16023 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16024 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16025 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16026 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16027
16028 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16029 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16030 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16031 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16032 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16033
16034 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16035
16036 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16037 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16038 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16039
16040 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16041 defining the macro.
16042
16043 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16044 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16045 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16046
16047 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16048 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16049
16050 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16051
16052 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16053 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16054 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16055 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16056 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16057 under that name.
16058
16059 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16060 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16061 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16062
16063 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16066 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16067 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16068
16069 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16070 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16071 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16072 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16073
16074 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16075 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16076
16077 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16078
16079 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16080 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16081 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16082
16083 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16084 macro.
16085
16086 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16087 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16088
16089 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16090 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16091 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16092
16093 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16094 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16095
16096 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16099 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16100 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16101 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16102
16103 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16106 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16107 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16108 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16109
16110 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16111 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16112
16113 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16116 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16117 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16118
16119 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16120
16121 ;;;***
16122 \f
16123 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16124 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16125 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
16126 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16127
16128 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16129
16130 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16131 Not documented
16132
16133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16134
16135 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16136 Not documented
16137
16138 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16139
16140 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16141 Not documented
16142
16143 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16144
16145 ;;;***
16146 \f
16147 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16148 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17279 27080))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16150
16151 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16152 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16153 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16154
16155 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16156 Not documented
16157
16158 \(fn)" nil nil)
16159
16160 ;;;***
16161 \f
16162 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16163 ;;;;;; (17396 42165))
16164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16165
16166 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16167
16168 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16169 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16170
16171 \(fn)" t nil)
16172
16173 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16174
16175 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16176 Start or resume an Lm game.
16177 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16178 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16179
16180 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16181 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16182 none / 1 | yes | no
16183 2 | yes | yes
16184 3 | no | yes
16185 4 | no | no
16186
16187 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16188 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16189 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16190
16191 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16192
16193 ;;;***
16194 \f
16195 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16196 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16197 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17279
16198 ;;;;;; 27080))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16200
16201 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16202 Not documented
16203
16204 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16205
16206 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16207 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16208 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16209 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16210 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16211 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16212
16213 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16214 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16215
16216 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16217
16218 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16219 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16220
16221 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16222
16223 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16224 Not documented
16225
16226 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16227
16228 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16229 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16230 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16231 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16232 to compose.
16233
16234 The return value is number of composed characters.
16235
16236 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16237
16238 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16239 Not documented
16240
16241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16242
16243 ;;;***
16244 \f
16245 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16246 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16247 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17374 21550))
16248 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16249
16250 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16251 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16252 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16253 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16254
16255 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16256
16257 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16258 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16259 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16260
16261 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16264 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16265 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16266
16267 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16268
16269 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16270 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16271 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16272 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16273
16274 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16275
16276 ;;;***
16277 \f
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16279 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17279 27079))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16281
16282 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16283 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16284 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16285 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16286 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16287 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16288 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16289 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16290
16291 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16292 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16293
16294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16295 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16296
16297 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16298
16299 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16300 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16301 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16302 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16303 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16304 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16305 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16306 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16307
16308 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16309
16310 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16311 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16312 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16313 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16314
16315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16316 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16317
16318 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16319
16320 ;;;***
16321 \f
16322 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16323 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16324 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16325
16326 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16327 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16328 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16329 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16330
16331 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16332
16333 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16334 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16335 JIT Lock's favor.
16336
16337 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16338
16339 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16340 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16341 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16342 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16343 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16344 for large buffers.
16345
16346 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16347 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16348 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16349 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16350 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16351
16352 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16353 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16354 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16355 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16356 slow to keep up with your typing.
16357
16358 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16359 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16360 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16361 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16362 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16363 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16364
16365 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16366 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16367 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16368 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16369
16370 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16371 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16372 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16373 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16374
16375 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16376 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16377 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16378 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16379 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16380
16381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16384 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16385
16386 \(fn)" nil nil)
16387
16388 ;;;***
16389 \f
16390 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16391 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
16392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16393
16394 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16395
16396 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16397
16398 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16399 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16400
16401 \(fn)" t nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (17390 26941))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16408
16409 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16410 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16411
16412 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16413 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16414
16415 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16416 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16417
16418 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16419 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16420 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16421 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16422 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16423 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16424 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16425 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16426 and transmit saved text.
16427 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16428 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16429 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16430
16431 \(fn)" t nil)
16432
16433 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16434 Not documented
16435
16436 \(fn)" nil nil)
16437
16438 ;;;***
16439 \f
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17383 38807))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16442
16443 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16444 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16445 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16446 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16447 generations (this defaults to 1).
16448
16449 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16450
16451 ;;;***
16452 \f
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17411
16454 ;;;;;; 12435))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16456
16457 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16458 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16459 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16460 is nil, raise an error.
16461
16462 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16463 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16464 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16465 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16466 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16467 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16468 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16469 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16470 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16471
16472 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16473
16474 ;;;***
16475 \f
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16477 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17441 26651))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16479
16480 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16481 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16482 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16483
16484 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16485
16486 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16487 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16488 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16489 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16490
16491 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16492 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16493 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16494 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16495 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16496 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16497 the version.)
16498
16499 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16500 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16501
16502 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16503 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16504
16505 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16508 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16509 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16510 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16511 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16512 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16513 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16514 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16515 to constrain a big search.
16516
16517 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16518 except that FILTER is not optional.
16519
16520 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16521
16522 ;;;***
16523 \f
16524 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17390 26942))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16526
16527 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16528 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16529 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16530 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16531 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16532 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16533 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16534 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16535 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16536 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16537 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16538 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16539 uses the current buffer.
16540
16541 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16542
16543 ;;;***
16544 \f
16545 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17390
16546 ;;;;;; 26942))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16548
16549 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16550 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16551
16552 \(fn)" t nil)
16553
16554 ;;;***
16555 \f
16556 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17390
16557 ;;;;;; 26942))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16559
16560 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16561 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16562 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16563 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16564 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16565
16566 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16567 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16568 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16569
16570 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16571 are indicated with a symbol.
16572
16573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16574
16575 ;;;***
16576 \f
16577 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16578 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17390
16579 ;;;;;; 26942))
16580 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16581
16582 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16583
16584 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16585
16586 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16587 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16588 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16589
16590 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16591 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16592
16593 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16594 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16595 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16596 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16597 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16598 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16599 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16600
16601 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16602
16603 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16604 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16605 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16606 switch on this list.
16607 See `lpr-command'.")
16608
16609 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16610
16611 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16612 *Name of program for printing a file.
16613
16614 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16615 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16616 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16617 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16618 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16619 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16620 argument.")
16621
16622 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16623
16624 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16625 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16626 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16627 for customization of the printer command.
16628
16629 \(fn)" t nil)
16630
16631 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16632 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16633
16634 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16635 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16636 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16637 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16638
16639 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16640 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16641
16642 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16643 for further customization of the printer command.
16644
16645 \(fn)" t nil)
16646
16647 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16648 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16649 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16650 for customization of the printer command.
16651
16652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16653
16654 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16655 Paginate and print the region contents.
16656
16657 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16658 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16659 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16660 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16661
16662 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16663 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16664
16665 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16666 for further customization of the printer command.
16667
16668 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16669
16670 ;;;***
16671 \f
16672 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16673 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16675
16676 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16677 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16678 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16679
16680 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16681
16682 ;;;***
16683 \f
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
16685 ;;;;;; 27324))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16687
16688 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16689 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16690 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16691
16692 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16693
16694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
16699 ;;;;;; 27408))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16701
16702 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16703 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16704 \\{m4-mode-map}
16705
16706 \(fn)" t nil)
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16711 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16713
16714 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16715 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16716 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16717 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16718 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16719
16720 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16721
16722 ;;;***
16723 \f
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16725 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17390 26942))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16727
16728 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16729 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16730 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16731 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16732 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16733
16734 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16735
16736 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16737 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16738 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16739 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16740
16741 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16742 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16743 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16744 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16745 bindings.
16746
16747 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16748 use this command, and then save the file.
16749
16750 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16751
16752 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16753 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16754 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16755 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16756 each time the macro executes.
16757 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16758 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16759 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16760 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16761 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16762 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16763 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16764
16765 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16766
16767 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16768 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16769 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16770 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16771
16772 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16773 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16774 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16775 execute.
16776
16777 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16778 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16779
16780 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16781 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16782 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16783 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16784 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16785
16786 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16787 looked like this:
16788
16789 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16790 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16791 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16792
16793 You could enter the names in this format:
16794
16795 foo
16796 bar
16797 baz
16798
16799 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16800
16801 \\C-x (
16802 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16803 \\C-x )
16804
16805 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16806 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16807
16808 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16809 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16810
16811 ;;;***
16812 \f
16813 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16814 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16816
16817 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16818 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16819 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16820 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16821 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16822 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16823
16824 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16825 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16826 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16827 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16828 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16829
16830 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16831 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16832 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16833 consing a string.)
16834
16835 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16836
16837 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16838 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16839
16840 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16845 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16846 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16848
16849 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16850 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16851
16852 \(fn)" nil nil)
16853
16854 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16855 Not documented
16856
16857 \(fn)" nil nil)
16858
16859 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16860 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16861
16862 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16863
16864 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16865 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16866 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16867 message.
16868
16869 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16870
16871 \(fn)" nil nil)
16872
16873 ;;;***
16874 \f
16875 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16876 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16877 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
16878 ;;;;;; 26942))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16880
16881 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16882 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16883 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16884 often correct parser.")
16885
16886 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16887
16888 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16889 Not documented
16890
16891 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16892
16893 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16894 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16895 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16896 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16897
16898 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16899
16900 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16901 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16902 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16903 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16904
16905 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16906
16907 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16908 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16909 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16910 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16911 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16912 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16913 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16914 as Rmail does.
16915
16916 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16919 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16920 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16921 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16922 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16923 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16924
16925 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16926
16927 ;;;***
16928 \f
16929 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16930 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17390 26942))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16932
16933 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16934 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16935
16936 \(fn)" nil nil)
16937
16938 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16939 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16940 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16941
16942 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16943
16944 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16945 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16946 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16947
16948 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16949
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16953 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17390
16954 ;;;;;; 26942))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16956
16957 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16958 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16959 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16960 king@grassland.com
16961 If `parens', they look like:
16962 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16963 If `angles', they look like:
16964 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16965
16966 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16967
16968 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16969 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16970 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16971 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16972 their `Resent-' variants.
16973
16974 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16975 removed from alias expansions.
16976
16977 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16978
16979 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16980 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16981 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16982
16983 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16984 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16985 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16986 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16987
16988 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16991 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16992 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16993 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16994
16995 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16996
16997 ;;;***
16998 \f
16999 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17000 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17002
17003 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17004 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17005 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17006 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17007
17008 \(fn)" nil nil)
17009
17010 ;;;***
17011 \f
17012 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17013 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17014 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17390 27408))
17015 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17016
17017 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17018 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17019
17020 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17021 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17022 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17023 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
17024 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
17025 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
17026 `makefile-mode-hook'.
17027
17028 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17029 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17030 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17031 dependency, despite the colon.
17032
17033 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17034
17035 In the browser, use the following keys:
17036
17037 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17038
17039 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17040
17041 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17042 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17043
17044 `makefile-target-colon':
17045 The string that gets appended to all target names
17046 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17047 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17048
17049 `makefile-macro-assign':
17050 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17051 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17052 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17053 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17054 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17055 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17056
17057 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17058 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17059 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17060
17061 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17062 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17063
17064 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17065 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17066 up or down in the browser.
17067
17068 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17069 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17070
17071 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17072 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17073
17074 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17075 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17076 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17077 has been selected in the browser.
17078
17079 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17080 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17081 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17082 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17083 filenames are omitted.
17084
17085 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17086 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17087 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17088 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17089 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17090 the backslash itself intact.
17091 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17092 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17093
17094 `makefile-browser-hook':
17095 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17096 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17097
17098 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17099 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17100 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17101 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17102
17103 \(fn)" t nil)
17104
17105 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17106 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17107
17108 \(fn)" t nil)
17109
17110 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17111 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17112
17113 \(fn)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17116 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17117
17118 \(fn)" t nil)
17119
17120 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17121 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17122
17123 \(fn)" t nil)
17124
17125 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17126 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17127
17128 \(fn)" t nil)
17129
17130 ;;;***
17131 \f
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17390
17133 ;;;;;; 26943))
17134 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17135
17136 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17137 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17138 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17139
17140 \(fn)" t nil)
17141
17142 ;;;***
17143 \f
17144 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17390 26943))
17145 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17146
17147 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17148
17149 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17150 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17151 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17152 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17153 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17154 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17155 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17156
17157 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17158 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17159 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17160 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17161
17162 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17163
17164 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17165 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17166
17167 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17168
17169 ;;;***
17170 \f
17171 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17279 27123))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17173
17174 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17175 Toggle Master mode.
17176 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17177 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17178 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17179
17180 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17181 following commands:
17182
17183 \\{master-mode-map}
17184
17185 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17186 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17187 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17188
17189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17190
17191 ;;;***
17192 \f
17193 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17446
17194 ;;;;;; 41075))
17195 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17196
17197 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17198
17199 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17200 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17201 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17203 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17204
17205 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17206
17207 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17208
17209 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17210 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17211 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17212 created in the future.
17213 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17214 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17215
17216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17217
17218 ;;;***
17219 \f
17220 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17221 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17222 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17223 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17224 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17225 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17226 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17227 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17228 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17229 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17230 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17441 26663))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17232
17233 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17234 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17235
17236 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17237 king@grassland.com
17238 If `parens', they look like:
17239 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17240 If `angles', they look like:
17241 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17242
17243 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17244 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17245
17246 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17247
17248 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17249 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17250
17251 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17252
17253 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17254 *Local news organization file.")
17255
17256 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17257
17258 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17259 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17260 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17261 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17262
17263 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17264 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17265 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17266
17267 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17268
17269 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17270
17271 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17272 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17273
17274 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17275 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17276 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17277 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17278
17279 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17280
17281 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17282 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17283 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17284 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17285
17286 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17287
17288 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17289 *Function for citing an original message.
17290 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17291 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17292 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17293
17294 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17295
17296 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17297 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17298 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17299 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17300 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17301
17302 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17303
17304 (defvar message-signature t "\
17305 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17306 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17307 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17308 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17309
17310 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17311
17312 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17313 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17314 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17315 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17316
17317 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17318
17319 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17320 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17321
17322 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17323
17324 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17325
17326 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17327 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17328 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17329 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17330 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17331 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17332 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17333 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17334 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17335 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17336 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17337 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17338 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17339 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17340 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17341 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17342 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17343 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17344 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17345 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17346 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17347 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17348 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17349 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17350 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17351 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17352 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17353 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17354 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17355 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17356 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17357 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17358 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17359 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17360 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17361 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17362 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17363
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17365
17366 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17367 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17368 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17369
17370 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17373 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17374
17375 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17376
17377 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17378 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17379
17380 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17381
17382 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17383 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17384
17385 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17386
17387 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17388 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17389 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17390
17391 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17394 Cancel an article you posted.
17395 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17396
17397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17398
17399 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17400 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17401 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17402 header line with the old Message-ID.
17403
17404 \(fn)" t nil)
17405
17406 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17407 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17408
17409 \(fn)" t nil)
17410
17411 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17412 Forward the current message via mail.
17413 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17414 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17415
17416 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17417
17418 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17419 Not documented
17420
17421 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17422
17423 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17424 Not documented
17425
17426 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17427
17428 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17429 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17430
17431 \(fn)" t nil)
17432
17433 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17434 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17435
17436 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17437
17438 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17439 Re-mail the current message.
17440 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17441 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17442 you.
17443
17444 \(fn)" t nil)
17445
17446 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17447 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17448
17449 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17450
17451 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17452 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17453
17454 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17455
17456 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17457 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17458
17459 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17460
17461 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17462 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17463
17464 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17465
17466 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17467 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17468 Works by overstriking characters.
17469 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17470 which specify the range to operate on.
17471
17472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17473
17474 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17475 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17476 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17477 which specify the range to operate on.
17478
17479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17480
17481 ;;;***
17482 \f
17483 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17484 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17486
17487 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17488 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17489 Special commands:
17490 \\{meta-mode-map}
17491
17492 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17493 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17494
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17496
17497 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17498 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17499 Special commands:
17500 \\{meta-mode-map}
17501
17502 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17503 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17504
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17506
17507 ;;;***
17508 \f
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17510 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17511 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17513
17514 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17515 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17516 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17517
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17521 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17522 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17523 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17524 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17525 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17526 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17527
17528 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17529
17530 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17531 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17532 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17533 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17534 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17535 means current).
17536 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17537 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17538
17539 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17540
17541 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17542 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17543 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17544 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17545 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17546 means current).
17547 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17548 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17549
17550 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17551
17552 ;;;***
17553 \f
17554 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17555 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17556 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17441 26667))
17557 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17558
17559 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17560 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17561 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17562
17563 \(fn)" t nil)
17564
17565 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17566 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17567 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17572 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17573
17574 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17575 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17576 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17577
17578 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17579 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17580
17581 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17582 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17583
17584 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17585
17586 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17587
17588 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17589 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17590 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17591 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17592 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17593 as `compose-mail'.
17594
17595 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17596 initial Subject field, respectively.
17597
17598 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17599 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17600 are strings.
17601
17602 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17603 ignored.
17604
17605 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17606
17607 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17608 Save draft and send message.
17609
17610 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17611 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17612 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17613 Mail Delivery*\".
17614
17615 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17616 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17617 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17618
17619 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17620 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17621 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17622 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17623 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17624 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17625
17626 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17627 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17628
17629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17630
17631 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17632 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17633
17634 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17635 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17636 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17637 delete the draft message.
17638
17639 \(fn)" t nil)
17640
17641 ;;;***
17642 \f
17643 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-strip-package-version mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
17644 ;;;;;; (17454 45382))
17645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17646
17647 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17648
17649 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17650
17651 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17652
17653 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17654 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17655
17656 \(fn)" t nil)
17657
17658 (autoload (quote mh-strip-package-version) "mh-e" "\
17659 Strip :package-version keyword and its value from ARGS.
17660 In Emacs versions that support the :package-version keyword,
17661 ARGS is returned unchanged.
17662
17663 \(fn ARGS)" nil nil)
17664
17665 ;;;***
17666 \f
17667 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17668 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17454 30993))
17669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17670
17671 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17672 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17673 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17674
17675 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17676 the MH mail system.
17677
17678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17679
17680 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17681 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17682 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17683
17684 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17685 the MH mail system.
17686
17687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17688
17689 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17690 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17691
17692 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17693 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17694 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17695 separate command.
17696
17697 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17698 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17699 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17700 format.
17701
17702 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17703
17704 Ranges
17705 ======
17706 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17707 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17708 can be used in several ways.
17709
17710 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17711 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17712 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17713 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17714 page):
17715
17716 <num1>-<num2>
17717 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17718 The range must be nonempty.
17719
17720 <num>:N
17721 <num>:+N
17722 <num>:-N
17723 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17724 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17725 last.
17726
17727 first:N
17728 prev:N
17729 next:N
17730 last:N
17731 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17732
17733 all
17734 All of the messages.
17735
17736 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17737 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17738
17739 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17740 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17741 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17742
17743 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17744
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17746
17747 ;;;***
17748 \f
17749 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17750 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17418 6752))
17751 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17752
17753 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17754 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17755 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17756 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17757 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17758 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17759 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17760 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17761 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17762 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17763 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17764
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17766
17767 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17768 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17769 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17770 to its second argument TM.
17771
17772 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17773
17774 ;;;***
17775 \f
17776 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17777 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
17778 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17779
17780 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17781 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17782 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17784 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17785
17786 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17787
17788 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17789
17790 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17791 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17792 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17793 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17794 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17795 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17796 default indication.
17797
17798 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17799 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17800
17801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17802
17803 ;;;***
17804 \f
17805 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17806 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17808
17809 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17810 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17811 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17812
17813 \(fn)" t nil)
17814
17815 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17816
17817 ;;;***
17818 \f
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17820 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17821 ;;;;;; (17342 36796))
17822 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17823
17824 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17825 Not documented
17826
17827 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17830 Not documented
17831
17832 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17833
17834 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17835 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17836 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17837 PATTERN regexp.
17838
17839 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17840
17841 ;;;***
17842 \f
17843 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17844 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17441 26663))
17845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17846
17847 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
17848 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17849
17850 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17851
17852 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17853 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17854 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17855 the entire message.
17856 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17857
17858 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17859
17860 ;;;***
17861 \f
17862 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17863 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
17864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17865
17866 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17867 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17868 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17869 the entire message.
17870 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17871
17872 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17873
17874 ;;;***
17875 \f
17876 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17877 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17383 38805))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17879
17880 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17881 Insert file contents of URL.
17882 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17883
17884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17885
17886 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17887 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17888
17889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17890
17891 ;;;***
17892 \f
17893 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17894 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17441 26664))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17896
17897 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17898 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17899 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17900 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17901 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17902
17903 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17904
17905 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17906 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17907 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17908
17909 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17910
17911 ;;;***
17912 \f
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17914 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
17915 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17916
17917 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17918 Not documented
17919
17920 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17921
17922 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17923 Not documented
17924
17925 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17926
17927 ;;;***
17928 \f
17929 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17930 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17931 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17390 27386))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17933
17934 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17935 Not documented
17936
17937 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17938
17939 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17940 Not documented
17941
17942 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17945 Not documented
17946
17947 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17948
17949 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17950 Not documented
17951
17952 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17953
17954 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17955 Not documented
17956
17957 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17958
17959 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17960 Not documented
17961
17962 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17963
17964 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17965 Not documented
17966
17967 \(fn)" nil nil)
17968
17969 ;;;***
17970 \f
17971 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17972 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
17973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17974
17975 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17976 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17977 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17978 followed by the first character of the construct.
17979 \\<m2-mode-map>
17980 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17981 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17982 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17983 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17984 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17985 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17986 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17987 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17988 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17989 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17990 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17991 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17992 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17993 \\[m2-link] link
17994
17995 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17996 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17997 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17998
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18000
18001 ;;;***
18002 \f
18003 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18004 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18006
18007 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18008 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18009
18010 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18011
18012 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18013 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18014
18015 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18016
18017 ;;;***
18018 \f
18019 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17390
18020 ;;;;;; 26943))
18021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18022
18023 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18024 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18025 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18027 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18028
18029 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18030
18031 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18032
18033 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18034 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18035 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18036 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18037
18038 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18039
18040 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18041
18042 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18043
18044 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18045 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18046 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18047 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18048 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18049 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18050
18051 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18052 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18053 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18054 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18055 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18056
18057 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18058 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18059
18060 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18061 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18062
18063 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18064
18065 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18066 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18067 primary selection and region.
18068
18069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18070
18071 ;;;***
18072 \f
18073 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17383 38807))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18075
18076 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18077 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18078
18079 \(fn)" t nil)
18080
18081 ;;;***
18082 \f
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17390 26943))
18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18085
18086 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18087 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18088 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18090 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18091
18092 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18093
18094 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18095
18096 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18097 Toggle Msb mode.
18098 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18099 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18100 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18101
18102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18103
18104 ;;;***
18105 \f
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18107 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18108 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18109 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18110 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18111 ;;;;;; (17279 27171))
18112 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18113
18114 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18115 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18116 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18117 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18118 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18119 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18120 set of ISO charsets.
18121
18122 Each element has the following format:
18123 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18124
18125 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18126
18127 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18128 CHARSET are mapped.
18129
18130 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18131 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18132 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18133 character code in CHARSET.
18134
18135 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18136 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18137 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18138 or
18139 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18140 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18141 TO2, or...
18142 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18143 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18144
18145 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18146 Display a list of all character sets.
18147
18148 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18149 internal Emacs use.
18150
18151 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18152 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18153 hexadecimal digits.
18154 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18155 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18156
18157 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18158 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18159 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18160 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18161
18162 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18163 but still shows the full information.
18164
18165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18166
18167 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18168 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18169 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18170 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18171 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18172
18173 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18174 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18175 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18176 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18177 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18178
18179 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18180
18181 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18182 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18183 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18184 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18185 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18186
18187 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18188
18189 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18190 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18191
18192 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18193
18194 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18195 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18196
18197 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18198
18199 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18200 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18201
18202 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18203 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18204 in place of `..':
18205 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18206 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18207 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18208 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18209 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18210 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18211 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18212 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18213 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18214 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18215 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18216 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18217 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18218 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18219 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18220 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18221
18222 \(fn)" t nil)
18223
18224 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18225 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18226
18227 \(fn)" t nil)
18228
18229 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18230 Display a list of all coding systems.
18231 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18232
18233 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18234 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18235
18236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18239 Display a list of all coding categories.
18240
18241 \(fn)" nil nil)
18242
18243 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18244 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18245
18246 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18247
18248 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18249 Display information about FONTSET.
18250 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18251
18252 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18253
18254 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18255 Display a list of all fontsets.
18256 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18257 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18258 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18259
18260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18261
18262 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18263 Display information about all input methods.
18264
18265 \(fn)" t nil)
18266
18267 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18268 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18269
18270 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18271 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18272 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18273 system which uses fontsets).
18274
18275 \(fn)" t nil)
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18280 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18281 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18282 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18283 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18284 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17279 27079))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18286
18287 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18288 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18289 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18290
18291 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18292
18293 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18294
18295 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18296 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18297
18298 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18299 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18300
18301 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18302 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18303
18304 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18305
18306 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18307 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18308 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18309 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18310 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18311 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18312 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18313
18314 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18315 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18316 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18317 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18318 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18319 middle of a character in STR.
18320
18321 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18322 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18323
18324 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18325 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18326 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18327 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18328 defaults to \"...\".
18329
18330 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18331
18332 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18333 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18334
18335 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18336 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18337 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18338
18339 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18340 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18341 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18342
18343 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18344 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18345 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18346 is considered.
18347 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18348 longer than KEYSEQ.
18349 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18350
18351 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18352
18353 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18354 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18355 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18356 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18357 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18358 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18359 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18360 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18361 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18362 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18363 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18364
18365 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18366
18367 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18368 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18369
18370 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18371
18372 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18373 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18374
18375 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18376
18377 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18378 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18379
18380 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18381
18382 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18383 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18384
18385 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18386
18387 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18388 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18389 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18390 coding systems ordered by priority.
18391
18392 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18393
18394 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18395 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18396 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18397 language environment LANG-ENV.
18398
18399 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18400
18401 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18402 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18403 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18404 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18405 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18406 basis, this may not be accurate.
18407
18408 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18409
18410 ;;;***
18411 \f
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18413 ;;;;;; (17396 42167))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18415
18416 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18417 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18418 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18420 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18421
18422 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18423
18424 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18425
18426 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18427 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18428 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18429 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18430
18431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18432
18433 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18434 Enable mouse wheel support.
18435
18436 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18437
18438 ;;;***
18439 \f
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18441 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18442 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18443 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18445
18446 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18447 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18448
18449 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18450
18451 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18452 Ping HOST.
18453 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18454 `ping-program-options'.
18455
18456 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18457
18458 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18459 Run ipconfig program.
18460
18461 \(fn)" t nil)
18462
18463 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18464
18465 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18466 Run netstat program.
18467
18468 \(fn)" t nil)
18469
18470 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18471 Run the arp program.
18472
18473 \(fn)" t nil)
18474
18475 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18476 Run the route program.
18477
18478 \(fn)" t nil)
18479
18480 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18481 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18482
18483 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18484
18485 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18486 Run nslookup program.
18487
18488 \(fn)" t nil)
18489
18490 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18491 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18492
18493 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18494
18495 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18496 Run dig program.
18497
18498 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18499
18500 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18501 Run ftp program.
18502
18503 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18504
18505 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18506 Finger USER on HOST.
18507
18508 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18509
18510 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18511 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18512 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18513 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18514
18515 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18516
18517 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18518 Not documented
18519
18520 \(fn)" t nil)
18521
18522 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18523 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18524
18525 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18526
18527 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18528 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18529
18530 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18531
18532 ;;;***
18533 \f
18534 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18535 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18536 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18537 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18538 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18539 ;;;;;; (17383 37889))
18540 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18541
18542 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18543
18544 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18545
18546 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18547
18548 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18549
18550 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18551 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18552 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18553 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18554 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18555 Major modes should set this variable.")
18556
18557 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18558 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18559 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18560 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18561 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18562 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18563
18564 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18565
18566 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18567 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18568
18569 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18570 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18571 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18572 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18573
18574 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18575 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18576
18577 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18578 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18579 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18580
18581 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18582 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18583 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18584 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18585 column indentation or nil.
18586 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18587
18588 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18589 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18590 The function has no args.
18591
18592 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18593 comments always start in column zero.")
18594
18595 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18596 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18597 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18598
18599 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18600
18601 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18602 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18603 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18604 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18605
18606 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18607 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18608
18609 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18610
18611 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18612 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18613 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18614 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18615 customize this variable.
18616
18617 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18618 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18619
18620 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18621
18622 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18623 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18624 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18625 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18626 the variables are properly set.
18627
18628 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18629
18630 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18631 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18632
18633 \(fn)" nil nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18636 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18637 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18638
18639 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18640
18641 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18642 Set the comment column based on point.
18643 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18644 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18645 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18646 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18647
18648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18651 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18652 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18653
18654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18655
18656 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18657 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18658 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18659 comment markers.
18660
18661 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18662
18663 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18664 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18665 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18666 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18667 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18668 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18669 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18670 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18671
18672 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18673 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18674
18675 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18676
18677 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18678 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18679 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18680 is passed on to the respective function.
18681
18682 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18685 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18686 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18687 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18688 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18689 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18690 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18691 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18692 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18693
18694 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18695
18696 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18697 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18698 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18699
18700 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18701
18702 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18703 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18704 This indents the body of the continued comment
18705 under the previous comment line.
18706
18707 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18708 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18709 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18710
18711 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18712 or comment indentation.
18713
18714 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18715 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18716
18717 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18718
18719 ;;;***
18720 \f
18721 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18722 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18723 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
18724 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18725
18726 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18727 Check whether newsticker is running.
18728 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18729 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18730
18731 \(fn)" nil nil)
18732
18733 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18734 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18735 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18736 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18737 empty.
18738
18739 \(fn)" nil nil)
18740
18741 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18742 Start the newsticker.
18743 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18744 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18745 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18746 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18747
18748 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18749
18750 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18751 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18752 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18753 running already.
18754
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18756
18757 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18758 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18759
18760 \(fn)" t nil)
18761
18762 ;;;***
18763 \f
18764 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18765 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18767
18768 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18769 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18770
18771 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18772
18773 ;;;***
18774 \f
18775 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
18776 ;;;;;; 38805))
18777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18778
18779 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18780 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18781 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18782 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18783 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18784 symbol in the alist.
18785
18786 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18787
18788 ;;;***
18789 \f
18790 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18791 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18793
18794 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18795 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18796 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18797
18798 \(fn)" t nil)
18799
18800 ;;;***
18801 \f
18802 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18803 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18805
18806 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18807 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18808 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18809
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18811
18812 ;;;***
18813 \f
18814 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18815 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18817
18818 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18819 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18820
18821 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18822
18823 ;;;***
18824 \f
18825 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18826 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17383 38805))
18827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18828
18829 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18830 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18831
18832 \(fn)" t nil)
18833
18834 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18835 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18836
18837 \(fn)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18840 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18841
18842 \(fn)" t nil)
18843
18844 ;;;***
18845 \f
18846 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18847 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17390 26944))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18849
18850 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18851 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18852 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18853
18854 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18855
18856 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18857 Not documented
18858
18859 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18860
18861 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18862 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18863 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18864 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18865 to future sessions.
18866
18867 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18870 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18871 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18872 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18873 to future sessions.
18874
18875 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18876
18877 ;;;***
18878 \f
18879 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18880 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18882
18883 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18884 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18885 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18886 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18887 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18888 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18889
18890 \(fn)" t nil)
18891
18892 ;;;***
18893 \f
18894 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18895 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18897
18898 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18899 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18900 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18901 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18902 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18903
18904 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18905
18906 ;;;***
18907 \f
18908 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18909 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18911
18912 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18913 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18914 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18915
18916 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18917
18918 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18919 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18920
18921 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18922 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18923 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18924
18925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18926
18927 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18928
18929 ;;;***
18930 \f
18931 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18932 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
18933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18934
18935 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18936 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18937
18938 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18939 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18940 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18941 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18942
18943 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18944 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18945 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18946 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18947 is why you need this mode!).
18948
18949 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18950 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18951 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18952
18953 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18954
18955 Keybindings
18956 ===========
18957
18958 \\{octave-mode-map}
18959
18960 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18961 ==============================================
18962
18963 octave-auto-indent
18964 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18965 Default is nil.
18966
18967 octave-auto-newline
18968 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18969 Default is nil.
18970
18971 octave-blink-matching-block
18972 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18973 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18974
18975 octave-block-offset
18976 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18977 Default is 2.
18978
18979 octave-continuation-offset
18980 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18981 Default is 4.
18982
18983 octave-continuation-string
18984 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18985 Default is a backslash.
18986
18987 octave-mode-startup-message
18988 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18989 Default is t.
18990
18991 octave-send-echo-input
18992 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18993 command to the inferior Octave process.
18994
18995 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18996 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18997 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18998
18999 octave-send-echo-input
19000 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19001
19002 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19003
19004 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19005 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19006
19007 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19008 (setq auto-mode-alist
19009 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19010
19011 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19012 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19013
19014 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19015 (lambda ()
19016 (abbrev-mode 1)
19017 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19018 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19019 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19020
19021 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19022 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19023 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19024 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19025
19026 \(fn)" t nil)
19027
19028 ;;;***
19029 \f
19030 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19031 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
19032 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19033
19034 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19035 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19036 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19037
19038 \(fn)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19041 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19042 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19043 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19044 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19045
19046 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19047
19048 \(fn)" t nil)
19049
19050 ;;;***
19051 \f
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19053 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
19054 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19055 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19056 ;;;;;; (17454 30950))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19058
19059 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19060 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19061 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19062
19063 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19064 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19065 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19066 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19067 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19068 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19069 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19070 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19071 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19072 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19073
19074 The following commands are available:
19075
19076 \\{org-mode-map}
19077
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19079
19080 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19081 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19082
19083 The following commands are available:
19084
19085 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19086
19087 \(fn)" t nil)
19088
19089 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19090 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19091 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19092 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19093
19094 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19095 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19096 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19097 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19098 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19099 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19100 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19101
19102 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19103 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19104 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19105
19106 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19107 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19108 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19109
19110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19111
19112 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19113 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19114 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19115 will be able to go to other weeks.
19116 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19117 also be shown, under the current date.
19118 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19119 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19120 to turn on logging.
19121 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19122 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19123 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19124
19125 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19126
19127 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19128 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19129 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19130 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19131 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19132 `org-todo-keywords'.
19133
19134 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19135
19136 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19137 Return diary information from org-files.
19138 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19139 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19140 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19141 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19142
19143 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19144 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19145 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19146
19147 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19148 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19149 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19150 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19151
19152 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19153 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19154 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19155
19156 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19157 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19158 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19159 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19160
19161 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19162
19163 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19164
19165 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19166 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19167
19168 &%%(org-diary)
19169
19170 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19171 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19172 also be written as
19173
19174 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19175
19176 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19177 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19178 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19179
19180 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19181
19182 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19183 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19184 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19185
19186 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19187
19188 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19189 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19190 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19191 \\[org-insert-link].
19192 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19193 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19194 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19195
19196 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19197
19198 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19199 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19200 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19201 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19202 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19203
19204 \(fn)" nil nil)
19205
19206 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19207 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19208 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19209 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19210 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19211 file the text at a specific location.
19212 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19213 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19214 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19215
19216 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19217 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19218 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19219 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19220 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19221 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19222 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19223 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19224
19225 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19226 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19227 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19228 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19229
19230 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19231 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19232 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19233
19234 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19235 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19236 \(i.e. after the stars).
19237
19238 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19239
19240 \(fn)" nil nil)
19241
19242 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19243 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19244
19245 \(fn)" nil nil)
19246
19247 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19248 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19249
19250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19251
19252 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19253 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19254 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19255 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19256
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19258
19259 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19260 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19261 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19262
19263 \(fn)" t nil)
19264
19265 ;;;***
19266 \f
19267 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19268 ;;;;;; (17425 24463))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19270
19271 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19272 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19273 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19274 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19275
19276 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19277 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19278 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19279 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19280
19281 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19282 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19283 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19284 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19285 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19286 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19287
19288 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19289 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19290 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19291
19292 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19293 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19294 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19295 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19296 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19297 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19298 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19299 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19300 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19301 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19302 The subheadings remain visible.
19303 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19304
19305 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19306 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19307 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19308
19309 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19310 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19311
19312 \(fn)" t nil)
19313
19314 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19315 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19316 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19317 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19318
19319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19320
19321 ;;;***
19322 \f
19323 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17390 26944))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19325
19326 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19327 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19328 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19330 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19331
19332 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19333
19334 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19335
19336 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19337 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19338 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19339 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19340
19341 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19342 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19343
19344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19349 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19351
19352 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19353 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19354 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19355 unknown are returned as nil.
19356
19357 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19358
19359 ;;;***
19360 \f
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19362 ;;;;;; 27409))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19364
19365 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19366 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19367 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19368
19369 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19370 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19371
19372 Other useful functions are:
19373
19374 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19375 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19376 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19377 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19378 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19379 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19380 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19381 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19382 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19383
19384 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19385
19386 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19387 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19388 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19389 Indentation for case statements.
19390 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19391 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19392 mark after an end.
19393 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19394 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19395 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19396 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19397 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19398 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19399 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19400 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19401 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19402 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19403
19404 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19405 pascal-separator-keywords.
19406
19407 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19408 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19409
19410 \(fn)" t nil)
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19415 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19417
19418 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19419 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19420 The keys affected are:
19421 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19422 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19423 M-Backspace does undo.
19424 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19425 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19426 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19427
19428 \(fn)" t nil)
19429
19430 ;;;***
19431 \f
19432 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19433 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19435
19436 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19437 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19438 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19440 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19441
19442 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19443
19444 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19445
19446 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19447 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19448
19449 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19450
19451 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19452 which modify the status of the mark.
19453
19454 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19455 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19456
19457 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19458 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19459
19460 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19461 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19462 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19463 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19464 turning PC Selection mode on.
19465
19466 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19467 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19468
19469 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19470 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19471 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19472
19473 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19474 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19475 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19476
19477 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19478 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19479
19480 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19481 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19482 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19483
19484 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19485 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19486 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19487
19488 F6 other-window
19489 DELETE delete-char
19490 C-DELETE kill-line
19491 M-DELETE kill-word
19492 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19493 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19494 M-BACKSPACE undo
19495
19496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19497
19498 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19499 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19500 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19501 and cursor movement commands.
19502 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19504 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19505
19506 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19507
19508 ;;;***
19509 \f
19510 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17390
19511 ;;;;;; 26944))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19513
19514 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19515 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19516
19517 \(fn)" nil nil)
19518
19519 ;;;***
19520 \f
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19522 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17390 26944))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19524
19525 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19526 Completion for `gzip'.
19527
19528 \(fn)" nil nil)
19529
19530 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19531 Completion for `bzip2'.
19532
19533 \(fn)" nil nil)
19534
19535 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19536 Completion for GNU `make'.
19537
19538 \(fn)" nil nil)
19539
19540 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19541 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19542
19543 \(fn)" nil nil)
19544
19545 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19546
19547 ;;;***
19548 \f
19549 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19550 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17390 26944))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19552
19553 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19554 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19555
19556 \(fn)" nil nil)
19557
19558 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19559 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19560
19561 \(fn)" nil nil)
19562
19563 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19564 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19565
19566 \(fn)" nil nil)
19567
19568 ;;;***
19569 \f
19570 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17390
19571 ;;;;;; 26944))
19572 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19573
19574 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19575 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19576 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19577 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19578 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19579 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19580
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19582
19583 ;;;***
19584 \f
19585 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19586 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19587 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17390 26944))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19589
19590 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19591 Completion for `cd'.
19592
19593 \(fn)" nil nil)
19594
19595 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19596
19597 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19598 Completion for `rmdir'.
19599
19600 \(fn)" nil nil)
19601
19602 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19603 Completion for `rm'.
19604
19605 \(fn)" nil nil)
19606
19607 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19608 Completion for `xargs'.
19609
19610 \(fn)" nil nil)
19611
19612 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19613
19614 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19615 Completion for `which'.
19616
19617 \(fn)" nil nil)
19618
19619 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19620 Completion for the `chown' command.
19621
19622 \(fn)" nil nil)
19623
19624 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19625 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19626
19627 \(fn)" nil nil)
19628
19629 ;;;***
19630 \f
19631 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19632 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19633 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17390
19634 ;;;;;; 26944))
19635 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19636
19637 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19638 Support extensible programmable completion.
19639 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19640 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19641
19642 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19643
19644 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19645 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19646
19647 \(fn)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19650 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19651 This will modify the current buffer.
19652
19653 \(fn)" t nil)
19654
19655 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19656 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19661 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19662 This will modify the current buffer.
19663
19664 \(fn)" t nil)
19665
19666 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19667 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19668
19669 \(fn)" t nil)
19670
19671 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19672 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19673
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19677 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19678 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19679 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19680 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19681
19682 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19683
19684 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19685 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19686
19687 \(fn)" nil nil)
19688
19689 ;;;***
19690 \f
19691 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19692 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19693 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17390 26944))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19695
19696 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19697 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19698 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19699 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19700
19701 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19702
19703 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19704
19705 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19706 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19707 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19708 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19709 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19710 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19711 FLAGS is ignored.
19712
19713 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19716 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19717 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19718 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19719 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19720 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19721 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19722 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19723
19724 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19727 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19728 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19729 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19730 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19731 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19732 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19733 passed to cvs.
19734
19735 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19736
19737 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19738 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19739 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19740 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19741 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19742 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19743 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19744
19745 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19746
19747 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19748
19749 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19750 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19751 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19752
19753 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19754
19755 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19756 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19757 nil means never do it.
19758 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19759 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19760 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19761
19762 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19763
19764 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19765 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19766 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19767
19768 ;;;***
19769 \f
19770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17390 26944))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19772
19773 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19774
19775 ;;;***
19776 \f
19777 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19778 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19780
19781 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19782 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19783 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19784 Tab indents for Perl code.
19785 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19786 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19788 \\{perl-mode-map}
19789 Variables controlling indentation style:
19790 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19791 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19792 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19793 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19794 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19795 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19796 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19797 `perl-nochange'
19798 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19799 `perl-indent-level'
19800 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19801 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19802 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19803 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19804 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19805 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19806 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19807 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19808 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19809 `perl-brace-offset'
19810 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19811 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19812 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19813 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19814 `perl-label-offset'
19815 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19816 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19817 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19818
19819 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19820 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19821 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19822 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19823 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19824 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19825 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19826
19827 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19828
19829 \(fn)" t nil)
19830
19831 ;;;***
19832 \f
19833 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19834 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19835 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19836 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17390 26944))
19837 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19838
19839 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19840 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19841
19842 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19843
19844 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19845 passphrase cache or user.
19846
19847 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19850 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19851
19852 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19853 cache or user.
19854
19855 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19856
19857 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19858 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19859
19860 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19861 the region.
19862
19863 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19864 passphrase cache or user.
19865
19866 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19869 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19870
19871 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19872
19873 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19874 the region.
19875
19876 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19877 passphrase cache or user.
19878
19879 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19880
19881 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19882 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19883
19884 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19885 passphrase cache or user.
19886
19887 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19888
19889 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19890 Decrypt the current buffer.
19891
19892 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19893 the region.
19894
19895 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19896 passphrase cache or user.
19897
19898 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19901 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19902
19903 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19904 a detached signature.
19905
19906 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19907 and the the output is displayed.
19908
19909 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19910 passphrase cache or user.
19911
19912 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19913
19914 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19915 Sign the current buffer.
19916
19917 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19918 detached signature.
19919
19920 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19921 within the region.
19922
19923 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19924 and the the output is displayed.
19925
19926 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19927 passphrase cache or user.
19928
19929 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19930
19931 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19932 Verify the current region between START and END.
19933 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19934 the detached signature of the current region.
19935
19936 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19937 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19938
19939 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19940
19941 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19942 Verify the current buffer.
19943 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19944 the detached signature of the current region.
19945 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19946 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19947 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19948 within the region.
19949
19950 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19951
19952 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19953 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19954
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19958 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19959
19960 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19961
19962 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19963 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19964
19965 \(fn)" t nil)
19966
19967 ;;;***
19968 \f
19969 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19970 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
19971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19972
19973 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19974 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19975 \\<picture-mode-map>
19976 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19977 afterwards settable by these commands:
19978
19979 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19980 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19981 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19982 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19983
19984 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19985 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19986 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19987 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19988
19989 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19990 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19991 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
19992 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
19993
19994 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19995 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19996 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19997 with these commands:
19998
19999 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20000 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20001 Move to column following last
20002 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20003 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20004 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20005 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20006 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20007 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20008
20009 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20010
20011 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20012 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20013 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20014 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20015 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20016 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20017
20018 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20019 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20020 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20021 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20022 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20023 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20024 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20025
20026 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20027 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20028 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20029 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20030 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20031 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20032 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20033 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20034
20035 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20036 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20037 by supplying an argument.
20038
20039 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20040
20041 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20042 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20043
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20045
20046 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20047
20048 ;;;***
20049 \f
20050 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20051 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20053
20054 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20055 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20056 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20057
20058 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20059
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17383 38807))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20064
20065 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20066 Play pong and waste time.
20067 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20068 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20069
20070 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20071
20072 \\{pong-mode-map}
20073
20074 \(fn)" t nil)
20075
20076 ;;;***
20077 \f
20078 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20079 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17390 26938))
20080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20081
20082 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20083 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20084 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20085 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20086
20087 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20088
20089 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20090 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20091
20092 \(fn)" nil nil)
20093
20094 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20095 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20096 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20097 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20098 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20099
20100 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20101
20102 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20103 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20104 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20105 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20106 in the variable `values'.
20107
20108 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20109
20110 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20111 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20112 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20113 Ignores leading comment characters.
20114
20115 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20116
20117 ;;;***
20118 \f
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20120 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20121 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20122 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20123 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20124 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20125 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20126 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20127 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20128 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20129 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20130 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20131 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20132 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20133 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20134 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20135 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20136 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20137 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
20138 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20139
20140 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20141 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20142
20143 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20144
20145 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20146
20147 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20148
20149 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20150 Preview directory using ghostview.
20151
20152 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20153 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20154 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20155 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20156
20157 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20158 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20159 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20160 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20161 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20162 file name.
20163
20164 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20165
20166 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20169 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20170
20171 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20172 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20173 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20174 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20175
20176 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20177 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20178 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20179 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20180 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20181 file name.
20182
20183 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20184
20185 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20186
20187 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20188 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20189
20190 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20191 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20192 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20193 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20194
20195 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20196 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20197 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20198 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20199 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20200 file name.
20201
20202 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20203
20204 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20205
20206 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20207 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20208
20209 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20210
20211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20212 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20213 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20214 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20215
20216 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20217 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20218 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20219 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20220 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20221 file name.
20222
20223 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20224
20225 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20226
20227 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20228 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20229
20230 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20231 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20232 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20233
20234 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20235 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20236 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20237 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20238
20239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20240
20241 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20242 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20243
20244 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20245 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20246 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20247
20248 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20249 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20250 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20251 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20252
20253 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20254
20255 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20256 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20257
20258 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20259 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20260 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20261
20262 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20263 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20264 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20265 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20266
20267 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20268
20269 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20270 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20271
20272 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20273
20274 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20275 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20276 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20277
20278 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20279 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20280 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20281 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20282
20283 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20284
20285 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20286 Preview region using ghostview.
20287
20288 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20289
20290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20291
20292 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20293 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20294
20295 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20296
20297 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20298
20299 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20300 Print region using PostScript printer.
20301
20302 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20303
20304 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20305
20306 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20307 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20308
20309 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20310
20311 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20312
20313 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20314 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20315
20316 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20317
20318 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20319
20320 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20321 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20322
20323 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20324
20325 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20326
20327 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20328 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20329
20330 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20331
20332 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20333
20334 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20335 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20336
20337 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20338
20339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20340
20341 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20342 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20343 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20344 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20345
20346 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20347 matching.
20348
20349 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20350 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20351
20352 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20353
20354 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20355
20356 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20357 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20358 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20359 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20360
20361 \(fn)" t nil)
20362
20363 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20364 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20365 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20366 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20367
20368 \(fn)" t nil)
20369
20370 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20371 Print directory using text printer.
20372
20373 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20374 matching.
20375
20376 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20377 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20378
20379 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20380
20381 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20384 Print buffer using text printer.
20385
20386 \(fn)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20389 Print region using text printer.
20390
20391 \(fn)" t nil)
20392
20393 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20394 Print major mode using text printer.
20395
20396 \(fn)" t nil)
20397
20398 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20399 Preview spooled PostScript.
20400
20401 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20402 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20403 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20404
20405 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20406 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20407 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20408
20409 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20412 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20413
20414 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20415 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20416 instead of sending it to the printer.
20417
20418 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20419 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20420 image in a file with that name.
20421
20422 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20423
20424 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20425 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20426
20427 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20428 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20429 instead of sending it to the printer.
20430
20431 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20432 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20433 image in a file with that name.
20434
20435 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20436
20437 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20438 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20439
20440 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20441 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20442 instead of sending it to the printer.
20443
20444 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20445 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20446 image in a file with that name.
20447
20448 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20449
20450 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20451 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20452
20453 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20454
20455 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20456 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20457
20458 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20461 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20462
20463 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20464
20465 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20466 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20467
20468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20469
20470 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20471 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20472
20473 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20476 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20477
20478 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20479 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20480 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20481 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20482
20483 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20484 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20485 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20486 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20487 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20488 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20489 file name.
20490
20491 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20492
20493 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20494 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20495
20496 \(fn)" t nil)
20497
20498 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20499 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20500
20501 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20502 right.
20503 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20504 bottom.
20505
20506 \(fn)" t nil)
20507
20508 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20509 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20510
20511 \(fn)" t nil)
20512
20513 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20514 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20515
20516 \(fn)" t nil)
20517
20518 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20519 Toggle printing with faces.
20520
20521 \(fn)" t nil)
20522
20523 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20524 Toggle spooling.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20529 Toggle duplex.
20530
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20534 Toggle tumble.
20535
20536 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20537 right.
20538 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20539 bottom.
20540
20541 \(fn)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20544 Toggle landscape.
20545
20546 \(fn)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20549 Toggle upside-down.
20550
20551 \(fn)" t nil)
20552
20553 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20554 Toggle line number.
20555
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20557
20558 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20559 Toggle zebra stripes.
20560
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20562
20563 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20564 Toggle printing header.
20565
20566 \(fn)" t nil)
20567
20568 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20569 Toggle printing header frame.
20570
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20572
20573 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20574 Toggle menu lock.
20575
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20577
20578 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20579 Toggle auto region.
20580
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20582
20583 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20584 Toggle auto mode.
20585
20586 \(fn)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20589 Customization of the `printing' group.
20590
20591 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20594 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20595
20596 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20599 Help for the printing package.
20600
20601 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20602
20603 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20604 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20605
20606 \(fn)" t nil)
20607
20608 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20609 Interactively select a text printer.
20610
20611 \(fn)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20614 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20615
20616 \(fn)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20619 Show current ps-print settings.
20620
20621 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20622
20623 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20624 Show current printing settings.
20625
20626 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20629 Show current lpr settings.
20630
20631 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20634 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20635
20636 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20637 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20638 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20639 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20640
20641
20642 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20643
20644 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20645 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20646 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20647
20648 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20649 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20650 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20651 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20652 current active printer.
20653
20654 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20655 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20656 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20657 printer.
20658
20659 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20660 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20661 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20662 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20663 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20664
20665
20666 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20667 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20668
20669 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20670
20671 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20672 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20673 be done using the new current active printer.
20674
20675 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20676 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20677 printer.
20678
20679 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20680 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20681 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20682 instead of sending it to the printer.
20683
20684 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20685 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20686 printer.
20687
20688 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20689
20690
20691 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20692 are both set to t.
20693
20694 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20695
20696 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20697 Fast fire function for text printing.
20698
20699 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20700 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20701 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20702 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20703
20704 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20705 user for a new active text printer.
20706
20707 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20708
20709 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20710
20711 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20712 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20713 printer.
20714
20715 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20716
20717 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20718 are both set to t.
20719
20720 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20721
20722 ;;;***
20723 \f
20724 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20725 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
20726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20727
20728 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20729 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20730 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20731 Commands:
20732 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20733 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20734 if that value is non-nil.
20735
20736 \(fn)" t nil)
20737
20738 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20739 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20740
20741 \(fn)" t nil)
20742
20743 ;;;***
20744 \f
20745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17390 26944))
20746 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20747
20748 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20749 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20750 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20751
20752 ;;;***
20753 \f
20754 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
20755 ;;;;;; 27409))
20756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20757
20758 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20759 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20760
20761 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20762
20763 The following variables hold user options, and can
20764 be set through the `customize' command:
20765
20766 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20767 `ps-mode-tab'
20768 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20769 `ps-mode-print-function'
20770 `ps-run-prompt'
20771 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20772 `ps-run-x'
20773 `ps-run-dumb'
20774 `ps-run-init'
20775 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20776 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20777
20778 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20779
20780
20781 \\{ps-mode-map}
20782
20783
20784 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20785 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20786 The keymap for this second window is:
20787
20788 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20789
20790
20791 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20792 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20793 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20794 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20795 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20796
20797 \(fn)" t nil)
20798
20799 ;;;***
20800 \f
20801 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20802 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20803 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20804 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17390 26944))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20806
20807 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20808 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20809
20810 Valid values are:
20811
20812 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20813 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20814 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20815 changed by setting the variable
20816 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20817 The initial value of this variable is
20818 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20819 documentation).
20820
20821 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20822 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20823 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20824 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20825 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20826 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20827 test it.
20828
20829 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20830 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20831 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20832 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20833 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20834 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20835 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20836 use this value, be sure to have installed
20837 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20838 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20839 documentation of this variable).
20840
20841 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20842 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20843 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20844 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20845 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20846 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20847
20848 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20849
20850 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20851
20852 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20853 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20854 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20855
20856 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20857
20858 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20859 Not documented
20860
20861 \(fn)" nil nil)
20862
20863 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20864 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20865
20866 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20867
20868 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20869
20870 Returns the value:
20871
20872 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20873
20874 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20875 the sequence.
20876
20877 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20878
20879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20880 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20881
20882 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20883 composition.
20884
20885 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20886
20887 Returns the value:
20888
20889 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20890
20891 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20892 the sequence.
20893
20894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20895
20896 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20897 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20898
20899 \(fn)" nil nil)
20900
20901 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20902 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20903 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20904
20905 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20906
20907 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20908 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20909 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20910
20911 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20912
20913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20914 Not documented
20915
20916 \(fn)" nil nil)
20917
20918 ;;;***
20919 \f
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20921 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20922 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20923 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20924 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20925 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17390
20926 ;;;;;; 26945))
20927 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20928
20929 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20930 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20931 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20932
20933 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20934
20935 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20936 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20937 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20938 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20939
20940 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20941
20942 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20943 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20944
20945 Valid values are:
20946
20947 nil Do not print colors.
20948
20949 t Print colors.
20950
20951 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20952 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20953
20954 Any other value is treated as t.")
20955
20956 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20957
20958 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20959 Customization of ps-print group.
20960
20961 \(fn)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20964 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20965
20966 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20967 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20968 sending it to the printer.
20969
20970 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20971 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20972 image in a file with that name.
20973
20974 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20977 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20978 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20979 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20980 so it has a way to determine color values.
20981
20982 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20983
20984 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20985 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20986 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20987
20988 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20991 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20992 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20993 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20994 so it has a way to determine color values.
20995
20996 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997
20998 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20999 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21000 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21001 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21002
21003 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21004
21005 \(fn)" t nil)
21006
21007 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21008 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21009 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21010 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21011 so it has a way to determine color values.
21012
21013 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21014
21015 \(fn)" t nil)
21016
21017 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21018 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21019 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21020
21021 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21022
21023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21026 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21027 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21028 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21029 so it has a way to determine color values.
21030
21031 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21032
21033 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21036 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21037
21038 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21039 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21040 instead of sending it to the printer.
21041
21042 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21043 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21044 image in a file with that name.
21045
21046 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21049 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21050 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21051 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21052 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21053
21054 \(fn)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21057 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21058 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21059
21060 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21063 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21064 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21065
21066 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21067
21068 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21069 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21070
21071 \(fn)" nil nil)
21072
21073 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21074 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21075
21076 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21077 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21078
21079 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21080 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21081
21082 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21083
21084 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21085
21086 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21087
21088 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21089 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21090
21091 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21092 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21093
21094 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21095 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21096
21097 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21098
21099 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21100
21101 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21102
21103 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21104 foreground and background colors respectively.
21105
21106 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21107 bold - use bold font.
21108 italic - use italic font.
21109 underline - put a line under text.
21110 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21111 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21112 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21113 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21114 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21115
21116 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21117
21118 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21119
21120 ;;;***
21121 \f
21122 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21123 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
21124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21125
21126 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21127
21128 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21129
21130 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21131
21132 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21133 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21134 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21135 buffer automatically.
21136 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21137 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21138 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21139 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21140 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21141 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21142
21143 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21146 Major mode for editing Python files.
21147 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21148 parsing of the source.
21149 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21150 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21151 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21152
21153 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21154 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21155 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21156 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21157 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21158 \\<python-mode-map>
21159 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21160 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21161 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21162 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21163 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21164 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21165
21166 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21167 effect outside them.
21168
21169 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21170 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21171 lines count as headers.
21172
21173 \\{python-mode-map}
21174
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21176
21177 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21178 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21179 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21180 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21181
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21183
21184 ;;;***
21185 \f
21186 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21187 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21189
21190 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21191 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21192 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21193 coding-system.
21194
21195 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21196 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21197
21198 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21199 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21200 them into characters should be done separately.
21201
21202 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21203
21204 ;;;***
21205 \f
21206 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21207 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21208 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21209 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21210 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17279 27196))
21211 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21212
21213 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21214 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21215
21216 \(fn)" nil nil)
21217
21218 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21219 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21220 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21221
21222 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21223 `quail-activate', which see.
21224
21225 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21226
21227 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21228 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21229 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21230 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21231 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21232 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21233 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21234
21235 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21236 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21237 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21238 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21239 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21240 shown.
21241 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21242
21243 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21244 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21245 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21246 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21247 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21248 list of candidates.
21249
21250 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21251 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21252 command to be called.
21253
21254 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21255 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21256 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21257 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21258
21259 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21260 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21261 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21262 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21263 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21264 to t.
21265
21266 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21267 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21268 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21269 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21270
21271 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21272 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21273 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21274 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21275
21276 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21277 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21278 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21279 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21280 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21281 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21282
21283 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21284 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21285 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21286 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21287 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21288 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21289
21290 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21291 covers Quail translation region.
21292
21293 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21294 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21295 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21296 for it) is inserted.
21297
21298 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21299 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21300 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21301
21302 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21303 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21304 non-Quail commands.
21305
21306 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21307
21308 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21309 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21310
21311 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21312 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21313 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21314 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21315 you type is correctly handled.
21316
21317 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21320 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21321
21322 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21323 keyboard type.
21324
21325 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21328 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21329 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21330 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21331 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21332 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21333 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21334 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21335 for the translation.
21336 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21337
21338 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21339 it is used to handle KEY.
21340
21341 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21342 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21343 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21344 the following annotation types are supported.
21345
21346 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21347 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21348
21349 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21350 candidate list.
21351
21352 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21353 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21354 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21355 inserted.
21356
21357 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21358 generated for the following translations.
21359
21360 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21361
21362 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21363 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21364
21365 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21366 which to install MAP.
21367
21368 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21369
21370 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21371
21372 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21373 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21374
21375 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21376 which to install MAP.
21377
21378 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21379
21380 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21381
21382 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21383 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21384 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21385 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21386 a function, or a cons.
21387 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21388 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21389 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21390 for the translation.
21391 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21392 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21393 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21394 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21395 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21396
21397 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21398 it is used to handle KEY.
21399
21400 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21401 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21402 current Quail package.
21403
21404 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21405 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21406
21407 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21408
21409 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21410 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21411
21412 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21413 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21414
21415 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21416
21417 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21418 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21419
21420 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21421
21422 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21423 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21424 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21425 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21426 of the Emacs source tree.
21427
21428 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21429 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21430
21431 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21432 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21433 of each directory.
21434
21435 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21436
21437 ;;;***
21438 \f
21439 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21440 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21441 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21442 ;;;;;; 26944))
21443 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21444
21445 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21446 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21447 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21448 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21449
21450 To make use of this do something like:
21451
21452 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21453
21454 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21455
21456 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21457 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21458
21459 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21460 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21461 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21462
21463 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21466 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21467
21468 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21469
21470 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21471 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21472
21473 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21474 is decided.
21475
21476 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21477
21478 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21479 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21480
21481 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21482 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21483 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21484
21485 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21488 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21489
21490 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21493 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21494
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21498 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21499
21500 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21501
21502 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21503
21504 \(fn)" t nil)
21505
21506 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21507 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21508
21509 \(fn)" t nil)
21510
21511 ;;;***
21512 \f
21513 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21514 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17454 30953))
21515 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21516
21517 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21518 Connect to IRC.
21519 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21520
21521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21522
21523 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21524
21525 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21526 Not documented
21527
21528 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21529
21530 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21531 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21532 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21534 use either \\[customize] or the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21535
21536 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc")
21537
21538 (put (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21539
21540 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21541 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21542
21543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21544
21545 ;;;***
21546 \f
21547 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17390
21548 ;;;;;; 26944))
21549 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21550
21551 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21552 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21553 See \\[compile].
21554
21555 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21556
21557 ;;;***
21558 \f
21559 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21560 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
21561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21562
21563 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21564
21565 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21566 Construct a regexp interactively.
21567
21568 \(fn)" t nil)
21569
21570 ;;;***
21571 \f
21572 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17390 26945))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21574
21575 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21576 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21577 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21579 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21580
21581 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21582
21583 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21584
21585 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21586 Toggle recentf mode.
21587 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21588 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21589
21590 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21591 that were operated on recently.
21592
21593 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21594
21595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21596
21597 ;;;***
21598 \f
21599 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21600 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21601 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21602 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17390
21603 ;;;;;; 26945))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21605
21606 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21607 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21608 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21609 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21610
21611 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21612
21613 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21614
21615 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21616 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21617 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21618 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21619 ends.
21620
21621 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21622 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21623 to be deleted.
21624
21625 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21628 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21629 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21630
21631 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21632 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21633 deleted.
21634
21635 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21636
21637 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21638 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21639 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21640
21641 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21642
21643 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21644 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21645
21646 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21647 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21648
21649 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21650 deleted.
21651
21652 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21653
21654 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21655 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21656
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21658
21659 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21660 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21661 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21662 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21663 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21664 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21665 and point is at the lower right corner.
21666
21667 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21668
21669 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21670 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21671
21672 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21673 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21674
21675 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21676 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21677 on the right side of the rectangle.
21678
21679 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21680
21681 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21682
21683 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21684 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21685 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21686 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21687 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21688
21689 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21690 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21691
21692 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21695 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21696 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21697
21698 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21699
21700 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21701
21702 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21703
21704 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21705 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21706
21707 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21708 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21709 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21710
21711 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21712
21713 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21714 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21715 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21716
21717 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21718 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21719 rectangle which were empty.
21720
21721 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21722
21723 ;;;***
21724 \f
21725 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17390
21726 ;;;;;; 26946))
21727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21728
21729 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21730 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21731 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21732
21733 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21734 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21735 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21736
21737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21738
21739 ;;;***
21740 \f
21741 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21742 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
21743 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21744
21745 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21746 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21747
21748 \(fn)" nil nil)
21749
21750 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21751 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21752
21753 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21754 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21755
21756 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21757 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21758 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21759 \\ref macro.
21760
21761 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21762 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21763 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21764
21765 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21766 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21767 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21768
21769 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21770 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21771
21772 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21773 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21774
21775 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21776 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21777 on the menu bar.
21778
21779 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21780
21781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21784 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21785 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21786
21787 \(fn)" nil nil)
21788
21789 ;;;***
21790 \f
21791 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21792 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
21793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21794
21795 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21796 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21797 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21798 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21799 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21800 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21801
21802 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21803
21804 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21805
21806 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21807 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21808 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21809 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21810 `reftex-cite-format'.
21811
21812 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21813 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21814 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21815 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21816
21817 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21818
21819 ;;;***
21820 \f
21821 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21822 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
21823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21824
21825 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21826 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21827 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21828 the current TeX document.
21829
21830 With no argument, this command toggles
21831 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21832 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21833
21834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21835
21836 ;;;***
21837 \f
21838 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21839 ;;;;;; (17418 6743))
21840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21841
21842 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21843 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21844 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21845
21846 To insert new phrases, use
21847 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21848 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21849
21850 To index phrases use one of:
21851
21852 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21853 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21854 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21855 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21856 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21857
21858 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21859 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21860
21861 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21862
21863 Here are all local bindings.
21864
21865 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21866
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21868
21869 ;;;***
21870 \f
21871 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21872 ;;;;;; (17405 10316))
21873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21874
21875 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21876 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21877 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21878 of master file.
21879
21880 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21881
21882 ;;;***
21883 \f
21884 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21885 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
21886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21887
21888 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21889 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21890 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21891 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21892 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21893 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21894
21895 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21896 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21897
21898 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21899 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21900
21901 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21902
21903 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21904 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21905 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21906 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21907
21908 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21909
21910 ;;;***
21911 \f
21912 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17390 26945))
21913 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21914
21915 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21916 Repeat most recently executed command.
21917 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21918 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21919 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21920
21921 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21922 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21923 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21924
21925 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21926
21927 ;;;***
21928 \f
21929 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21930 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
21931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21932
21933 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21934 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21935
21936 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21937 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21938 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21939 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21940 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21941 and point is left after the salutation.
21942
21943 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21944 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21945 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21946 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21947 left after that text.
21948
21949 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21950 is non-nil.
21951
21952 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21953 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21954 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21955 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21956
21957 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21958
21959 ;;;***
21960 \f
21961 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21962 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21964
21965 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21966 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21967 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21968 visibility of comments that precede it.
21969 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21970 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21971 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21972 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21973 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21974 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21975 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21976 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21977 the comment lines.
21978 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21979 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21980 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21981 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21982 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21983
21984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21985 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21986
21987 ;;;***
21988 \f
21989 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17390
21990 ;;;;;; 26945))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21992
21993 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21994 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21995
21996 \(fn)" nil nil)
21997
21998 ;;;***
21999 \f
22000 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22001 ;;;;;; (17356 16046))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22003
22004 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22005 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22006 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22007
22008 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22009 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22010 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22011
22012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22013
22014 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22015 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22016 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22018 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22019
22020 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22021
22022 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22023
22024 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22025 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22026 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22027
22028 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22029 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22030 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22031
22032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22033
22034 ;;;***
22035 \f
22036 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22037 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22039
22040 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22041 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22042
22043 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22044
22045 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22046 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22047
22048 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22049
22050 ;;;***
22051 \f
22052 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17390 26944))
22053 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22054 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22055
22056 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22057 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22058 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22059 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22060
22061 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22062
22063 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22064 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22065 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22066 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22067
22068 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22069 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22070
22071 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22072 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22073
22074 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22075 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22076 INPUT-ARGS.
22077
22078 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22079 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22080 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22081 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22082 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22083
22084 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22085 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22086 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22087 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22088
22089 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22090 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22091 variable.
22092
22093 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22094
22095 ;;;***
22096 \f
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22098 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22099 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22100 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22101 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22102 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22103 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17454
22104 ;;;;;; 30835))
22105 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22106
22107 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22108 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22109 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22110
22111 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22112
22113 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22114 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22115 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22116 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22117
22118 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22119
22120 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22121 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22122 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22123 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22124 value is the user's email address and name.)
22125 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22126
22127 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22128 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22129 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22130 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22131 which normally happens once for each message,
22132 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22133 To make a change in this variable take effect
22134 for a message that you have already viewed,
22135 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22136
22137 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22138
22139 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22140 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22141 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22142 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22143
22144 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22145
22146 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22147 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22148
22149 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22150
22151 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22152 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22153 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22154 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22155
22156 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22157
22158 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22159 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22160
22161 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22162
22163 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22164 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22165
22166 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22167
22168 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22169 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22170 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22171 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22172 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22173
22174 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22175
22176 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22177 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22178 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22179 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22180
22181 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22182
22183 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22184 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22185
22186 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22187
22188 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22189 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22190
22191 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22192
22193 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22194 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22195
22196 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22197
22198 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22199 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22200
22201 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22202 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22203
22204 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22205 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22206
22207 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22208
22209 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22210 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22211
22212 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22213 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22214 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22215 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22216
22217 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22218 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22219
22220 This is set to nil by default.")
22221
22222 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22223 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22224 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22225 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22226 until a user explicitly requires it.
22227
22228 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22229 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22230 in your session.")
22231
22232 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22233
22234 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22235 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22236 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22237 It is called with no argument.")
22238
22239 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22240 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22241 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22242 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22243 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22244 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22245 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22246
22247 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22248 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22249 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22250 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22251 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22252 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22253
22254 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22255 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22256 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22257 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22258 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22259
22260 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22261 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22262 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22263 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22264 MSG is the message number,
22265 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22266 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22267
22268 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22269 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22270 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22271 this feature is required with `require'.
22272
22273 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22274 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22275
22276 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22277 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22278 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22279 the message is decoded as normal way.
22280
22281 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22282 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22283 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22284
22285 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22286 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22287 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22288
22289 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22290 Read and edit incoming mail.
22291 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22292 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22293 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22294
22295 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22296 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22297 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22298 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22299
22300 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22301
22302 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22305 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22306 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22307 Instead, these commands are available:
22308
22309 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22310 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22311 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22312 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22313 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22314 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22315 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22316 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22317 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22318 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22319 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22320 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22321 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22322 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22323 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22324 till a deleted message is found.
22325 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22326 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22327 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22328 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22329 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22330 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22331 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22332 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22333 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22334 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22335 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22336 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22337 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22338 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22339 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22340 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22341 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22342 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22343 (label defaults to last one specified).
22344 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22345 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22346 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22347 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22348 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22349 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22350 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22351 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22352 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22353
22354 \(fn)" t nil)
22355
22356 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22357 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22358
22359 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22360
22361 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22362 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22363
22364 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22365
22366 ;;;***
22367 \f
22368 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22369 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22371
22372 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22373 Edit the contents of this message.
22374
22375 \(fn)" t nil)
22376
22377 ;;;***
22378 \f
22379 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22380 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22381 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22383
22384 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22385 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22386 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22387
22388 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22389
22390 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22391 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22392 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22393
22394 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22395
22396 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22397 Not documented
22398
22399 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22400
22401 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22402 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22403 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22404 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22405 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22406
22407 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22408
22409 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22410 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22411 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22412 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22413 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22414
22415 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22416
22417 ;;;***
22418 \f
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22420 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22422
22423 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22424 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22425 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22426 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22427
22428 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22429
22430 ;;;***
22431 \f
22432 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22433 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22434 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17390 26943))
22435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22436
22437 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22438 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22439 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22440 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22441 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22442 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22443 a file name as a string.")
22444
22445 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22446
22447 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22448 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22449 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22450 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22451 buffer visiting that file.
22452 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22453 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22454
22455 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22456 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22457
22458 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22459 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22460
22461 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22462 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22463
22464 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22465
22466 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22467 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22468
22469 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22470
22471 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22472 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22473 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22474 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22475 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22476
22477 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22478 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22479 will be appended with their original headers.
22480
22481 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22482 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22483
22484 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22485 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22486
22487 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22488
22489 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22490
22491 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22492 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22493 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22494
22495 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22496
22497 ;;;***
22498 \f
22499 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22500 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22501 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
22502 ;;;;;; 26943))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22504
22505 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22506 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22507 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22508
22509 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22510
22511 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22512 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22513 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22514
22515 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22516
22517 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22518 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22519 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22520
22521 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22522
22523 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22524 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22525 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22526
22527 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22530 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22531 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22532
22533 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22534
22535 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22536 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22537 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22538
22539 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22540
22541 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22542 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22543 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22544 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22545
22546 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22547
22548 ;;;***
22549 \f
22550 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22551 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22552 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22553 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22554 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22556
22557 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22558 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22559
22560 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22561
22562 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22563 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22564
22565 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22566
22567 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22568 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22569
22570 \(fn)" t nil)
22571
22572 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22573 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22574 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22575
22576 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22577
22578 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22579 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22580 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22581 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22582 only look in the To and From fields.
22583 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22584
22585 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22586
22587 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22588 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22589 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22590 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22591 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22592
22593 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22594
22595 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22596 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22597 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22598 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22599 look in the whole message.
22600 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22601
22602 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22603
22604 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22605 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22606 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22607
22608 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22609
22610 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22611 *Function to decode summary-line.
22612
22613 By default, `identity' is set.")
22614
22615 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22616
22617 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22618 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22619 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22620 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22621 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22622 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22623 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22624
22625 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22626 sent by you under different user names.
22627 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22628
22629 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22630
22631 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22632
22633 ;;;***
22634 \f
22635 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22636 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
22637 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22638
22639 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22640 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22641 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22642 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22643
22644 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22645
22646 ;;;***
22647 \f
22648 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22649 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17390 26945))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22651
22652 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22653 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22654
22655 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22656
22657 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22658 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22659
22660 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22661
22662 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22663 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22664
22665 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22666
22667 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22668 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22669 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22670
22671 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22672 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22673 in rot 13.
22674
22675 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22676
22677 \(fn)" t nil)
22678
22679 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22680 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22681
22682 \(fn)" t nil)
22683
22684 ;;;***
22685 \f
22686 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22687 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22688 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22689 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22690 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
22691 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22692
22693 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22694 *This variable is obsolete.")
22695
22696 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22697
22698 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22699 *This variable is obsolete.")
22700
22701 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22702
22703 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22704 *This variable is obsolete.")
22705
22706 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22707
22708 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22709 *This variable is obsolete.")
22710
22711 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22712
22713 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22714 *This variable is obsolete.")
22715
22716 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22717
22718 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22719 *This variable is obsolete.")
22720
22721 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22722
22723 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22724 This function is obsolete.
22725
22726 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22727
22728 ;;;***
22729 \f
22730 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17390
22731 ;;;;;; 26945))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22733
22734 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22735 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22736
22737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22738
22739 ;;;***
22740 \f
22741 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
22742 ;;;;;; 6751))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22744
22745 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22746 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22747 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22748 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22749
22750 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22751
22752 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22753 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22754 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22755 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22756
22757 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22758 notation.
22759
22760 STRING
22761 matches string STRING literally.
22762
22763 CHAR
22764 matches character CHAR literally.
22765
22766 `not-newline', `nonl'
22767 matches any character except a newline.
22768 .
22769 `anything'
22770 matches any character
22771
22772 `(any SET ...)'
22773 `(in SET ...)'
22774 `(char SET ...)'
22775 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22776 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22777 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22778
22779 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22780 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22781 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22782 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22783
22784 `(not (any SET ...))'
22785 matches any character not in SET ...
22786
22787 `line-start', `bol'
22788 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22789 in the text being matched
22790
22791 `line-end', `eol'
22792 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22793
22794 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22795 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22796 string being matched against.
22797
22798 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22799 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22800 string being matched against.
22801
22802 `buffer-start'
22803 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22804 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22805
22806 `buffer-end'
22807 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22808 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22809
22810 `point'
22811 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22812
22813 `word-start', `bow'
22814 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22815 word.
22816
22817 `word-end', `eow'
22818 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22819
22820 `word-boundary'
22821 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22822 word.
22823
22824 `(not word-boundary)'
22825 `not-word-boundary'
22826 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22827 word.
22828
22829 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22830 matches 0 through 9.
22831
22832 `control', `cntrl'
22833 matches ASCII control characters.
22834
22835 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22836 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22837
22838 `blank'
22839 matches space and tab only.
22840
22841 `graphic', `graph'
22842 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22843 space, and DEL.
22844
22845 `printing', `print'
22846 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22847 and DEL.
22848
22849 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22850 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22851 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22852
22853 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22854 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22855 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22856
22857 `ascii'
22858 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22859
22860 `nonascii'
22861 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22862
22863 `lower', `lower-case'
22864 matches anything lower-case.
22865
22866 `upper', `upper-case'
22867 matches anything upper-case.
22868
22869 `punctuation', `punct'
22870 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22871 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22872
22873 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22874 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22875
22876 `word', `wordchar'
22877 matches anything that has word syntax.
22878
22879 `not-wordchar'
22880 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22881
22882 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22883 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22884 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22885 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22886
22887 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22888 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22889 `word' (\\sw)
22890 `symbol' (\\s_)
22891 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22892 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22893 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22894 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22895 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22896 `escape' (\\s\\)
22897 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22898 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22899 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22900 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22901 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22902
22903 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22904 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22905
22906 `(category CATEGORY)'
22907 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22908 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22909
22910 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22911 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22912 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22913 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22914 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22915 `symbol' (\\c5)
22916 `digit' (\\c6)
22917 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22918 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22919 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22920 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22921 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22922 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22923 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22924 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22925 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22926 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22927 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22928 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22929 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22930 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22931 `ascii' (\\ca)
22932 `arabic' (\\cb)
22933 `chinese' (\\cc)
22934 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22935 `greek' (\\cg)
22936 `korean' (\\ch)
22937 `indian' (\\ci)
22938 `japanese' (\\cj)
22939 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22940 `latin' (\\cl)
22941 `lao' (\\co)
22942 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22943 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22944 `thai' (\\ct)
22945 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22946 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22947 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22948 `can-break' (\\c|)
22949
22950 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22951 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22952
22953 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22954 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22955 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22956 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22957 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22958
22959 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22960 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22961 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22962 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22963
22964 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22965 another name for `submatch'.
22966
22967 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22968 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22969 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22970 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22971 regular expression.
22972
22973 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22974 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22975 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22976 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22977 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22978
22979 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22980 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22981
22982 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22983 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22984
22985 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22986 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22987 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22988
22989 `(* SEXP ...)'
22990 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22991 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22992
22993 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22994 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22995 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22996
22997 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22998 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22999 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23000
23001 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23002 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23003
23004 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23005 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23006
23007 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23008 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23009 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23010 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23011
23012 `(? SEXP ...)'
23013 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23014
23015 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23016 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23017
23018 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23019 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23020 matches N occurrences.
23021
23022 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23023 matches N or more occurrences.
23024
23025 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23026 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23027 matches N to M occurrences.
23028
23029 `(backref N)'
23030 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23031
23032 `(backref N)'
23033 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23034
23035 `(backref N)'
23036 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23037
23038 `(eval FORM)'
23039 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23040 `regexp-quote' it.
23041
23042 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23043 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23044
23045 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23046
23047 ;;;***
23048 \f
23049 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23050 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23052
23053 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23054 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23055 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23056 interface.")
23057
23058 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23059
23060 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23061 Toggle savehist-mode.
23062 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23063 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23064 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23065 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23066
23067 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23068 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23069 which is probably undesirable.
23070
23071 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23072
23073 ;;;***
23074 \f
23075 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23076 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23078
23079 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23080 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23081 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23082
23083 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23084 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23085 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23086 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23087 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23088 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23089 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23090 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23091
23092 Commands:
23093 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23094 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23095 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23096 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23097 if that value is non-nil.
23098
23099 \(fn)" t nil)
23100
23101 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23102 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23103 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23104
23105 Commands:
23106 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23107 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23108 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23109 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23110 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23111 that variable's value is a string.
23112
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23114
23115 ;;;***
23116 \f
23117 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23118 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23120
23121 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23122 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23123 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23124
23125 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23126
23127 \(fn)" t nil)
23128
23129 ;;;***
23130 \f
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17383
23132 ;;;;;; 38807))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23134
23135 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23136 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23137 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23138 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23139
23140 Interesting variables:
23141
23142 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23143 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23144
23145 `scribe-electric-quote'
23146 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23147
23148 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23149 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23150 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23151
23152 \(fn)" t nil)
23153
23154 ;;;***
23155 \f
23156 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23157 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23159
23160 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23161 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23162 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23163 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23164 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23165
23166 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23167
23168 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23169
23170 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23171 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23172 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23173 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23174 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23175
23176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23177
23178 ;;;***
23179 \f
23180 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23181 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23183
23184 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23185 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23186 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23187 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23188 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23189 during scrolling.
23190
23191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23192
23193 ;;;***
23194 \f
23195 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23196 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23197 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23198 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23199 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23200 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23201 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23202 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23203 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17390 26943))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23205
23206 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23207 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23208
23209 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23210 king@grassland.com
23211 If `parens', they look like:
23212 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23213 If `angles', they look like:
23214 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23215 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23216 derived from the envelope-from address.
23217
23218 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23219 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23220 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23221 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23222
23223 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23224
23225 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23226 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23227 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23228 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23229
23230 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23231 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23232 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23233 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23234
23235 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23236
23237 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23238 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23239 This is done when the message is initialized,
23240 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23241
23242 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23243
23244 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23245 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23246 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23247
23248 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23249
23250 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23251
23252 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23253 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23254 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23255 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23256 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23257 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23258 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23259
23260 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23261
23262 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23263 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23264
23265 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23266
23267 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23268 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23269 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23270
23271 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23272
23273 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23274 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23275 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23276 when you first send mail.")
23277
23278 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23279
23280 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23281 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23282 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23283 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23284 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23285
23286 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23287
23288 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23289 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23290 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23291 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23292 This file need not actually exist.")
23293
23294 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23295
23296 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23297 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23298 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23299
23300 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23301
23302 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23303 Alist of mail address aliases,
23304 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23305 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23306 can specify a different file name.)
23307 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23308 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23309
23310 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23311 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23312 nil means use indentation.")
23313
23314 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23315
23316 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23317 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23318 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23319
23320 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23321
23322 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23323 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23324 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23325 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23326 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23327 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23328 in the cited portion of the message.
23329
23330 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23331 instead of no action.")
23332
23333 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23334
23335 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23336 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23337 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23338 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23339 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23340
23341 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23342
23343 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23344 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23345 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23346 If a string, that string is inserted.
23347 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23348 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23349 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23350 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23351
23352 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23353
23354 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23355 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23356
23357 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23358
23359 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23360 Directory for mail buffers.
23361 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23362 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23363
23364 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23365
23366 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23367 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23368 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23369 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23370
23371 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23372
23373 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23374 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23375 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23376 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23377 is non-nil.")
23378
23379 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23380
23381 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23382 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23383 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23384 `query' means ask the user each time.
23385 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23386 The default is `mime'.
23387 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23388 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23389
23390 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23391
23392 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23393 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23394 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23395
23396 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23397 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23398
23399 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23400 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23401 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23402 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23403 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23404 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23405 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23406 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23407 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23408 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23409 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23410 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23411 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23412
23413 \(fn)" t nil)
23414
23415 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23416 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23417
23418 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23419 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23420
23421 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23422
23423 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23424 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23425 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23426 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23427 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23428 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23429
23430 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23431 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23432 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23433
23434 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23435 User should not set this variable manually,
23436 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23437 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23438 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23439 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23440
23441 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23442 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23443 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23444 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23445
23446 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23447 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23448
23449 \\<mail-mode-map>
23450 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23451
23452 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23453 to move to message header fields:
23454 \\{mail-mode-map}
23455
23456 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23457 when the message is initialized.
23458
23459 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23460 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23461
23462 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23463 is inserted.
23464
23465 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23466 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23467
23468 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23469 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23470 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23471 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23472 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23473 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23474 buffer without erasing the contents.
23475
23476 The second through fifth arguments,
23477 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23478 the initial contents of those header fields.
23479 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23480 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23481 original message being replied to, or else an action
23482 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23483 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23484 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23485 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23486 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23487 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23488
23489 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23490
23491 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23492 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23493
23494 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23495
23496 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23497 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23498
23499 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23500
23501 ;;;***
23502 \f
23503 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
23504 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17446 49713))
23505 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23506
23507 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23508 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23509 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23510 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
23511 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23512 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23513
23514 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
23515 communications subprocess.
23516
23517 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23518
23519 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23520 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23521 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23523 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23524
23525 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23526
23527 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23528
23529 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23530 Toggle Server mode.
23531 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23532 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23533 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23534
23535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23536
23537 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
23538 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
23539
23540 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
23541
23542 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
23543 only these files will be asked to be saved.
23544
23545 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
23546
23547 ;;;***
23548 \f
23549 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17374 21531))
23550 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23551
23552 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23553 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23554 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23555
23556 Key definitions:
23557 \\{ses-mode-map}
23558 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23559 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23560 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23561 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23562
23563 \(fn)" t nil)
23564
23565 ;;;***
23566 \f
23567 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23568 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
23569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23570
23571 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23572 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23573 Makes > match <.
23574 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23575 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23576
23577 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23578 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23579 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23580
23581 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23582 your `.emacs' file.
23583
23584 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23585
23586 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23587 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23588 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23589
23590 \(fn)" t nil)
23591
23592 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23593
23594 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23595 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23596 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23597 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23598 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23599 which this is based.
23600
23601 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23602
23603 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23604 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23605 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23606 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23607
23608 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23609 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23610 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23611
23612 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23613 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23614 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23615 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23616
23617 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23618 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23619 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23620 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23621
23622 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23623
23624 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23625 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23626 To work around that, do:
23627 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23628
23629 \\{html-mode-map}
23630
23631 \(fn)" t nil)
23632
23633 ;;;***
23634 \f
23635 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23636 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23638
23639 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23640 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23641 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23642 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23643 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23644 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23645
23646 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23647 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23648 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23649 shell-specific features.
23650
23651 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23652 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23653 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23654 \\<sh-mode-map>
23655 \\[sh-case] case statement
23656 \\[sh-for] for loop
23657 \\[sh-function] function definition
23658 \\[sh-if] if statement
23659 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23660 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23661 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23662 \\[sh-select] select loop
23663 \\[sh-until] until loop
23664 \\[sh-while] while loop
23665
23666 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23667 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23668 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23669 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23670 would indent to the way it currently is.
23671 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23672 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23673
23674
23675 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23676 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23677 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23678 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23679 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23680 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23681
23682 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23683 {, (, [, ', \", `
23684 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23685
23686 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23687 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23688 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23689
23690 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23691 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23692
23693 \(fn)" t nil)
23694
23695 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23696
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
23700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23701
23702 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23703 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23704 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23705 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23706 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23707 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23708
23709 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23710
23711 ;;;***
23712 \f
23713 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23714 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23716
23717 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23718 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23719
23720 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23721 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23722 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23723 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23724 the earlier.
23725
23726 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23727
23728 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23729
23730 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23731 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23732 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23733
23734 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23735 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23736
23737 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23738 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23739 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23740 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23741 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23742 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23743 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23744 emacs version).
23745
23746 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23747 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23748 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23749 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23750 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23751
23752 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23753 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23754 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23755
23756 \(fn)" t nil)
23757
23758 ;;;***
23759 \f
23760 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23761 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17390
23762 ;;;;;; 26945))
23763 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23764
23765 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23766 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23767 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23768 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23769 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23770 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23771 in the cluster.
23772
23773 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23774
23775 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23776 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23777 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23778 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23779 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23780
23781 \(fn)" t nil)
23782
23783 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23784 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23785 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23786 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23787 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23788 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23789 `shadow-define-cluster').
23790
23791 \(fn)" t nil)
23792
23793 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23794 Set up file shadowing.
23795
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23797
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23803
23804 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23805 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23806 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23807 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23808 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23809 arguments.")
23810
23811 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23812
23813 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23814 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23815 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23816 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23817 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23818 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23819 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23820 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23821 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23822 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23823 discards input when it starts up.)
23824 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23825 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23826 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23827
23828 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23829 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23830 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23831 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23832 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23833 `default-process-coding-system'.
23834
23835 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23836 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23837 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23838 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23839
23840 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23841
23842 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23843 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23844
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23848 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23850
23851 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23852 Not documented
23853
23854 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23855
23856 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23857 Not documented
23858
23859 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23860
23861 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23862 Not documented
23863
23864 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23865
23866 ;;;***
23867 \f
23868 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23869 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23871
23872 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23873 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23874 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23875 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23876 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23877
23878 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23879
23880 \(fn)" t nil)
23881
23882 ;;;***
23883 \f
23884 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17390
23885 ;;;;;; 27409))
23886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23887
23888 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23889 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23890 \\{simula-mode-map}
23891 Variables controlling indentation style:
23892 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23893 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23894 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23895 `simula-indent-level'
23896 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23897 `simula-substatement-offset'
23898 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23899 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23900 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23901 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23902 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23903 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23904 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23905 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23906 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23907 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23908 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23909 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23910 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23911 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23912 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23913 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23914 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23915 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23916 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23917 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23918 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23919 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23920 or nil if they should not be changed.
23921 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23922 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23923 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23924 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23925
23926 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23927 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23928
23929 \(fn)" t nil)
23930
23931 ;;;***
23932 \f
23933 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23934 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17390 26945))
23935 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23936
23937 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23938 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23939
23940 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23941 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23942 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23943 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23944
23945 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23946
23947 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23948 Insert SKELETON.
23949 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23950 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23951 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23952 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23953 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23954
23955 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23956 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23957
23958 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23959
23960 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23961 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23962
23963 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23964 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23965 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23966 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23967
23968 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23969 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23970 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23971 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23972
23973 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23974 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23975 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23976
23977 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23978 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23979
23980 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23981 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23982
23983 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23984 _ interesting point, interregion here
23985 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23986 interesting point set by _
23987 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23988 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23989 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23990 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23991 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23992 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23993 nil skipped
23994
23995 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23996 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23997
23998 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23999 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24000 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24001 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24002 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24003 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24004 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24005 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24006
24007 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24008 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24009 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24010 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24011 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24012 available:
24013
24014 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24015 then: insert previously read string once more
24016 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24017 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24018 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24019
24020 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24021 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24022
24023 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24024
24025 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24026 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24027
24028 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24029 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24030 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24031 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24032 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24033 such as backslash.
24034
24035 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24036 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24037 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24038
24039 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24040
24041 ;;;***
24042 \f
24043 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24044 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
24045 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24046
24047 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24048 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24049 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24050 buffer names.
24051
24052 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24053
24054 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24055 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24056 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24057
24058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24059
24060 ;;;***
24061 \f
24062 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24063 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24065
24066 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24067 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24068 A list of images is returned.
24069
24070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24071
24072 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24073 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24074 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24075
24076 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24077
24078 ;;;***
24079 \f
24080 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24081 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17390 26943))
24082 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24083
24084 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24085 Not documented
24086
24087 \(fn)" nil nil)
24088
24089 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24090 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24091
24092 \(fn)" t nil)
24093
24094 ;;;***
24095 \f
24096 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17383 38807))
24097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24098
24099 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24100 Play the Snake game.
24101 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24102
24103 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24104
24105 Snake mode keybindings:
24106 \\<snake-mode-map>
24107 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24108 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24109 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24110 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24111 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24112 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24113 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24114
24115 \(fn)" t nil)
24116
24117 ;;;***
24118 \f
24119 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24120 ;;;;;; (17390 26944))
24121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24122
24123 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24124 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24125 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24126 Tab indents for C code.
24127 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24128 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24129 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24130 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24131 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24132
24133 \(fn)" t nil)
24134
24135 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24136 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24137 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24138 Tab indents for C code.
24139 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24140 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24141 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24142 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24143 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24144
24145 \(fn)" t nil)
24146
24147 ;;;***
24148 \f
24149 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24150 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24151 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24152 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24153
24154 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24155 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24156
24157 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24158 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24159 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24160
24161 For example, the form
24162
24163 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24164 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24165
24166 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24167
24168 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24169
24170 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24171 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24172
24173 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24174 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24175 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24176 York City.
24177
24178 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24179
24180 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24181
24182 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24183 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24184
24185 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24186 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24187 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24188 York City.
24189
24190 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24191
24192 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24193
24194 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24195 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24196 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24197 pair.
24198
24199 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24200
24201 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24202
24203 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24204 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24205 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24206
24207 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24208 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24209
24210 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24211
24212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24213
24214 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24215 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24216 Requires floating point.
24217
24218 \(fn)" nil nil)
24219
24220 ;;;***
24221 \f
24222 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17383
24223 ;;;;;; 38807))
24224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24225
24226 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24227 Play Solitaire.
24228
24229 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24230 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24231 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24232 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24233 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24234 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24235 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24236 check after each move or undo)
24237
24238 What is Solitaire?
24239
24240 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24241 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24242 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24243
24244 Le Solitaire
24245 ============
24246
24247 o o o
24248
24249 o o o
24250
24251 o o o o o o o
24252
24253 o o o . o o o
24254
24255 o o o o o o o
24256
24257 o o o
24258
24259 o o o
24260
24261 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24262 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24263 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24264 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24265
24266 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24267 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24268 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24269 this: o o .
24270
24271 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24272 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24273
24274 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24275
24276 o o o
24277
24278 . o o
24279
24280 o o . o o o o
24281
24282 o . o o o o o
24283
24284 o o o o o o o
24285
24286 o o o
24287
24288 o o o
24289
24290 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24291
24292 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24293
24294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24295
24296 ;;;***
24297 \f
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24299 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24300 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17441 26655))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24302
24303 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24304 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24305
24306 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24307 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24308 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24309 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24310 contiguous.
24311
24312 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24313 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24314 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24315 the sort order.
24316
24317 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24318 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24319
24320 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24321 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24322 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24323 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24324 is called.
24325
24326 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24327 It should move point to the end of the record.
24328
24329 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24330 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24331 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24332 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24333 starts at the beginning of the record.
24334
24335 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24336 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24337 same as ENDRECFUN.
24338
24339 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24340 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24341
24342 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24343
24344 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24345 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24346 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24347 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24348 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24349 the sort order.
24350
24351 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24352
24353 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24354 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24356 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24357 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24358 the sort order.
24359
24360 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24361
24362 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24363 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24364 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24365 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24366 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24367 the sort order.
24368
24369 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24370
24371 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24372 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24373 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24374 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24375 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24376 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24377 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24378 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24379 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24380
24381 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24382
24383 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24384 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24385 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24386 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24387 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24388 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24389 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24390 the sort order.
24391
24392 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24393
24394 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24395 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24396 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24397 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24398 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24399 is to be used for sorting.
24400 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24401 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24402 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24403 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24404 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24405
24406 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24407
24408 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24409 the sort order.
24410
24411 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24412 starting with the letter \"f\",
24413 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24414
24415 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24416
24417 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24418 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24419 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24420 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24421 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24422 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24423 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24424 the sort order.
24425
24426 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24427 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24428 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24429 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24430 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24431
24432 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24433
24434 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24435 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24436 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24437
24438 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24439
24440 ;;;***
24441 \f
24442 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17441
24443 ;;;;;; 26811))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24445
24446 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24447 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24448
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24454 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24455 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24457
24458 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24459 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24460
24461 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24462 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24463 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24464
24465 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24466
24467 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24468 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24469 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24470 server.
24471
24472 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24473
24474 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24475 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24476 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24477
24478 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24479
24480 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24481 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24482 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24483 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24484 Agent is plugged.
24485
24486 \(fn)" t nil)
24487
24488 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24489 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24490 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24491 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24492
24493 \(fn)" t nil)
24494
24495 ;;;***
24496 \f
24497 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24498 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17418 6739))
24499 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24500
24501 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24502
24503 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24504 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24505 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24506 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24507 supported at a time.
24508 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24509 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24510
24511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24512
24513 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24514 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24515 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24516 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24517
24518 \(fn)" t nil)
24519
24520 ;;;***
24521 \f
24522 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24523 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17390 26946))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24525
24526 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24527
24528 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24529 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24530 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24531 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24532 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24533 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24534
24535 \(fn)" t nil)
24536
24537 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24538 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24539 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24540 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24541
24542 \(fn)" t nil)
24543
24544 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24545 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24546 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24547 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24548 for example, \"word\".
24549
24550 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24551
24552 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24553 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24554
24555 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24556
24557 ;;;***
24558 \f
24559 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17383
24560 ;;;;;; 38807))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24562
24563 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24564 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24565
24566 \(fn)" t nil)
24567
24568 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24569 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24570
24571 \(fn)" nil nil)
24572
24573 ;;;***
24574 \f
24575 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24576 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24577 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24578 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17390
24579 ;;;;;; 27409))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24581
24582 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24583 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24584
24585 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24586 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24587 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24588 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24589 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24590 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24591 of the current highlighting list.
24592
24593 For example:
24594
24595 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24596 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24597
24598 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24599 `_t' as data types.
24600
24601 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24602
24603 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24604 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24605
24606 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24607 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24608
24609 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24610
24611 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24612 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24613 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24614
24615 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24616
24617 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24618 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24619 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24620 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24621 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24622 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24623 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24624 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24625 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24626
24627 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24628
24629 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24630 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24631 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24632 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24633
24634 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24635 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24636 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24637 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24638
24639 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24640 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24641 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24642
24643 \(fn)" t nil)
24644
24645 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24646 Major mode to edit SQL.
24647
24648 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24649 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24650 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24651
24652 \\{sql-mode-map}
24653 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24654
24655 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24656 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24657 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24658 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24659 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24660 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24661
24662 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24663 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24664
24665 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24666 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24667 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24668
24669 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24670 (lambda ()
24671 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24672
24673 \(fn)" t nil)
24674
24675 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24676 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24677
24678 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24679 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24680 `*SQL*'.
24681
24682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24683
24684 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24685
24686 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24687 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24688
24689 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24690 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24691 `*SQL*'.
24692
24693 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24694 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24695 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24696 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24697
24698 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24699 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24700
24701 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24702 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24703 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24704 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24705 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24706 `default-process-coding-system'.
24707
24708 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24709
24710 \(fn)" t nil)
24711
24712 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24713 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24714
24715 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24716 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24717 `*SQL*'.
24718
24719 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24720 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24721 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24722 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24723
24724 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24726
24727 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24728 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24729 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24730 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24731 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24732 `default-process-coding-system'.
24733
24734 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24735
24736 \(fn)" t nil)
24737
24738 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24739 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24740
24741 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24742 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24743 `*SQL*'.
24744
24745 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24746 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24747
24748 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24749 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24750
24751 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24752 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24753 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24754 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24755 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24756 `default-process-coding-system'.
24757
24758 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24759
24760 \(fn)" t nil)
24761
24762 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24763 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24764
24765 SQLite is free software.
24766
24767 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24768 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24769 `*SQL*'.
24770
24771 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24772 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24773 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24774 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24775
24776 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24777 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24778
24779 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24780 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24781 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24782 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24783 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24784 `default-process-coding-system'.
24785
24786 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24787
24788 \(fn)" t nil)
24789
24790 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24791 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24792
24793 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24794
24795 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24796 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24797 `*SQL*'.
24798
24799 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24800 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24801 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24802 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24803
24804 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24805 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24806
24807 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24808 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24809 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24810 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24811 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24812 `default-process-coding-system'.
24813
24814 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24815
24816 \(fn)" t nil)
24817
24818 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24819 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24820
24821 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24822 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24823 `*SQL*'.
24824
24825 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24826 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24827 defaults, if set.
24828
24829 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24830 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24831
24832 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24833 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24834 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24835 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24836 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24837 `default-process-coding-system'.
24838
24839 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24840
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24842
24843 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24844 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24845
24846 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24847 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24848 `*SQL*'.
24849
24850 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24851 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24852
24853 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24854 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24855
24856 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24857 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24858 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24859 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24860 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24861 `default-process-coding-system'.
24862
24863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24864
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24866
24867 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24868 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24869
24870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24872 `*SQL*'.
24873
24874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24875 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24876 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24877 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24878
24879 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24880 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24881
24882 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24883 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24884 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24885 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24886 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24887 `default-process-coding-system'.
24888
24889 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24890
24891 \(fn)" t nil)
24892
24893 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24894 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24895
24896 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24897 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24898 `*SQL*'.
24899
24900 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24901 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24902 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24903 `sql-postgres-options'.
24904
24905 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24906 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24907
24908 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24909 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24910 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24911 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24912 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24913 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24914 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24915 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24916
24917 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24918 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24919
24920 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24921
24922 \(fn)" t nil)
24923
24924 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24925 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24926
24927 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24928 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24929 `*SQL*'.
24930
24931 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24932 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24933 defaults, if set.
24934
24935 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24936 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24937
24938 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24939 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24940 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24941 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24942 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24943 `default-process-coding-system'.
24944
24945 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24946
24947 \(fn)" t nil)
24948
24949 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24950 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24951
24952 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24953 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24954 `*SQL*'.
24955
24956 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24957 automatic login.
24958
24959 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24960 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24961
24962 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24963 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24964 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24965 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24966
24967 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24968 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24969 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24970 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24971 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24972 `default-process-coding-system'.
24973
24974 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24975
24976 \(fn)" t nil)
24977
24978 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24979 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24980
24981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24983 `*SQL*'.
24984
24985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24986 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24987 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24988 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24989 parameters.
24990
24991 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24992 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24993 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24994 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24995 an empty password.
24996
24997 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24998 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24999
25000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25001
25002 \(fn)" t nil)
25003
25004 ;;;***
25005 \f
25006 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25007 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25008 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25009 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25010 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17390
25011 ;;;;;; 26945))
25012 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25013
25014 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25015 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25016 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25017 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25018 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25019 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25020
25021 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25022
25023 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25024
25025 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25026 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25027 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25028 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25029 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25030 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25031 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25032
25033 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25034
25035 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25036 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25037 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25038 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25039 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25040 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25041 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25042
25043 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25044
25045 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25046 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25047 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25048
25049 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25050
25051 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25052 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25053 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25054
25055 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25056
25057 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25058 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25059
25060 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25061
25062 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25063 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25064
25065 \(fn)" t nil)
25066
25067 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25068 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25069
25070 \(fn)" t nil)
25071
25072 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25073 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25074 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25075 chronologically by command name.
25076 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25077
25078 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25079
25080 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25081 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25082 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25084 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25085
25086 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25087
25088 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25089
25090 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25091 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25092 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25093 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25094 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25095 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25096 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25097
25098 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25099 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25100 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25101 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25102
25103 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25104
25105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25108 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25109 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25110 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25111
25112 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25113
25114 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25115 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25116
25117 \(fn)" t nil)
25118
25119 ;;;***
25120 \f
25121 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25122 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25124
25125 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25126 Studlify-case the region.
25127
25128 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25129
25130 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25131 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25132
25133 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25134
25135 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25136 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25137
25138 \(fn)" t nil)
25139
25140 ;;;***
25141 \f
25142 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17427 36476))
25143 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25144
25145 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25146 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25147 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25148 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25149 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25150 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25151
25152 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25153 is used instead of `load-path'.
25154
25155 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25156 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25157 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25158
25159 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25160
25161 ;;;***
25162 \f
25163 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25164 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
25165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25166
25167 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25168 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25169 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25170 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25171 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25172 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25173 original message but it does require a few things:
25174
25175 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25176
25177 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25178 reply buffer.
25179
25180 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25181 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25182 original message.
25183
25184 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25185
25186 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25187
25188 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25189 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25190 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25191
25192 \(fn)" nil nil)
25193
25194 ;;;***
25195 \f
25196 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17425 24371))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25198
25199 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25200 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25201 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25203 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25204
25205 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse")
25206
25207 (put (quote t-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25208
25209 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25210 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25211 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25212
25213 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25214
25215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25216
25217 ;;;***
25218 \f
25219 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17390 26945))
25220 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25221
25222 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25223 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25224 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25225 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25226 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25227
25228 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25229
25230 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25231 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25232 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25233 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25234 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25235 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25236 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25237
25238 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25239
25240 ;;;***
25241 \f
25242 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25243 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25244 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25245 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25246 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25247 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25248 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25249 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25250 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25251 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25252 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25253 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25254 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17379 30025))
25255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25256
25257 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25258 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25259 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25260
25261 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25262
25263 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25264 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25265
25266 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25267
25268 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25269 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25270
25271 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25272
25273 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25274 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25275
25276 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25277
25278 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25279 Insert an editable text table.
25280 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25281 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25282 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25283 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25284 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25285 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25286 delimiting them.
25287
25288 Examples:
25289
25290 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25291
25292 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25293 location of point.
25294
25295 -!-
25296
25297 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25298 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25299 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25300 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25301 first cell.
25302
25303 +-----+-----+-----+
25304 |-!- | | |
25305 +-----+-----+-----+
25306
25307 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25308
25309 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25310 width, which results as
25311
25312 +--------------+-----+-----+
25313 |-!- | | |
25314 +--------------+-----+-----+
25315
25316 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25317 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25318
25319 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25320 | | |-!- |
25321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25322
25323 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25324 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25325 width information to `table-insert'.
25326
25327 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25328
25329 instead of
25330
25331 Cell width(s): 5
25332
25333 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25334 work all together.
25335
25336 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25337 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25338
25339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25340 |-!- | | |
25341 | | | |
25342 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25343
25344 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25345
25346 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25347 |-!- | | |
25348 | | | |
25349 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25350 | | | |
25351 | | | |
25352 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25353
25354 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25355
25356 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25357 | | | |
25358 | | | |
25359 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25360 | | | |
25361 | | | |
25362 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25363 -!-
25364
25365 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25366 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25367 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25368
25369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25370 | | | |
25371 | | | |
25372 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25373 | | | |
25374 | | | |
25375 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25376 |-!- | | |
25377 | | | |
25378 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25379
25380 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25381 results.
25382
25383 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25384 | | | |
25385 | | | |
25386 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25387 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25388 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25389 | | |expected results.-!- |
25390 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25391 | | | |
25392 | | | |
25393 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25394
25395 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25396
25397 \\{table-cell-map}
25398
25399 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25400
25401 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25402 Insert N table row(s).
25403 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25404 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25405 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25406 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25407
25408 \(fn N)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25411 Insert N table column(s).
25412 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25413 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25414 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25415 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25416
25417 \(fn N)" t nil)
25418
25419 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25420 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25421 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25422
25423 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25424
25425 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25426 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25427 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25428 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25429 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25430 all the table specific features.
25431
25432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25433
25434 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25435 Not documented
25436
25437 \(fn)" t nil)
25438
25439 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25440 Recognize all tables within region.
25441 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25442 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25443 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25444 specific features.
25445
25446 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25447
25448 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25449 Not documented
25450
25451 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25452
25453 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25454 Recognize a table at point.
25455 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25456 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25457 the table specific features.
25458
25459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25460
25461 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25462 Not documented
25463
25464 \(fn)" t nil)
25465
25466 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25467 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25468 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25469 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25470 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25471 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25472 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25473
25474 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25477 Not documented
25478
25479 \(fn)" t nil)
25480
25481 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25482 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25483 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25484 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25485 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25486 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25487 specified.
25488
25489 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25490
25491 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25492 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25493 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25494 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25495 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25496 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25497 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25498 table structure.
25499
25500 \(fn N)" t nil)
25501
25502 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25503 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25504 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25505 table's rectangle structure.
25506
25507 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25508
25509 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25510 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25511 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25512 table's rectangle structure.
25513
25514 \(fn N)" t nil)
25515
25516 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25517 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25518 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25519 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25520 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25521
25522 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25523
25524 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25525 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25526 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25527
25528 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25529 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25530 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25531 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25532 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25533 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25534 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25535
25536 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25537 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25538 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25539 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25540 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25541 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25542 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25543
25544 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25545 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25546 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25547 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25548 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25549 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25550 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25551 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25552
25553 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25554
25555 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25556 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25557 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25558 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25559
25560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25561
25562 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25563 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25564 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25565
25566 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25567
25568 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25569 Split current cell vertically.
25570 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25571
25572 \(fn)" t nil)
25573
25574 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25575 Split current cell horizontally.
25576 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25577
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25579
25580 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25581 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25582 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25583
25584 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25587 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25588 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25589 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25590
25591 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25592
25593 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25594 Justify cell contents.
25595 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25596 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25597 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25598 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25599
25600 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25601
25602 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25603 Justify cells of a row.
25604 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25605 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25606
25607 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25608
25609 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25610 Justify cells of a column.
25611 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25612 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25613
25614 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25615
25616 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25617 Toggle fixing width mode.
25618 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25619 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25620 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25621
25622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25623
25624 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25625 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25626 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25627 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25628 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25629 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25630 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25631 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25632 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25633 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25634 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25635
25636 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25637
25638 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25639 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25640 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25641 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25642 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25643 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25644 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25645 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25646 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25647 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25648 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25649 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25650 untouched.
25651
25652 References used for this implementation:
25653
25654 HTML:
25655 http://www.w3.org
25656
25657 LaTeX:
25658 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25659
25660 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25661 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25662 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25663
25664 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25665
25666 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25667 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25668 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25669 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25670 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25671 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25672 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25673 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25674 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25675 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25676 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25677 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25678 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25679 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25680 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25681 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25682 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25683
25684 Example:
25685
25686 (progn
25687 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25688 (table-forward-cell 15)
25689 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25690 (table-forward-cell 16)
25691 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25692 (table-forward-cell 1)
25693 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25694
25695 (progn
25696 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25697 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25698 (table-forward-cell 1)
25699 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25700
25701 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25704 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25705 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25706 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25707 consists from cells of same height.
25708
25709 \(fn N)" t nil)
25710
25711 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25712 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25713 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25714 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25715 column must consists from cells of same width.
25716
25717 \(fn N)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25720 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25721 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25722 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25723 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25724 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25725 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25726 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25727 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25728 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25729 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25730 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25731 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25732 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25733 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25734
25735
25736 Example 1:
25737
25738 1, 2, 3, 4
25739 5, 6, 7, 8
25740 , 9, 10
25741
25742 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25743 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25744 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25745 specified as 5.
25746
25747 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25748 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25749 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25750 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25751 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25752 | | 9 | 10 | |
25753 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25754
25755 Note:
25756
25757 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25758 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25759 of each row is optional.
25760
25761
25762 Example 2:
25763
25764 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25765 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25766 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25767 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25768 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25769
25770 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25771 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25772
25773 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25774 expression and raw delimiter regular
25775 expression, it parses the specified text
25776 area and extracts cell items from
25777 non-table text and then forms a table out
25778 of them.
25779
25780 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25781 creates a single cell table. The text in
25782 the specified region is placed in that
25783 cell.-*-
25784
25785 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25786 like this.
25787
25788 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25789 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25790 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25791 | |
25792 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25793 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25794 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25795 | area and extracts cell items from |
25796 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25797 | of them. |
25798 | |
25799 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25800 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25801 | the specified region is placed in that |
25802 | cell. |
25803 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25804
25805 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25806 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25807 independently.
25808
25809 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25810 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25811 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25812 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25813 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25814 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25815 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25816 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25817 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25818 | |of them. |
25819 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25820 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25821 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25822 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25823 | |cell. |
25824 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25825
25826 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25827 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25828 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25829
25830 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25831
25832 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25833 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25834 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25835 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25836 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25837
25838 \(fn)" t nil)
25839
25840 ;;;***
25841 \f
25842 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17390 26945))
25843 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25844
25845 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25846 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25847
25848 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25849
25850 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
25851 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
25852
25853 \(fn)" t nil)
25854
25855 ;;;***
25856 \f
25857 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17390 26945))
25858 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25859
25860 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25861 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25862 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25863 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25864 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25865 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25866 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25867
25868 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25869 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25870 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25871 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25872
25873 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25874 \\{tar-mode-map}
25875
25876 \(fn)" t nil)
25877
25878 ;;;***
25879 \f
25880 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25881 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17350 14840))
25882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25883
25884 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25885 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25886 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25887 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25888 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25889 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25890
25891 Variables controlling indentation style:
25892 `tcl-indent-level'
25893 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25894 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25895 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25896
25897 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25898 documentation for details):
25899 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25900 Controls action of TAB key.
25901 `tcl-auto-newline'
25902 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25903 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25904 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25905 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25906 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25907
25908 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25909 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25910 already exist.
25911
25912 Commands:
25913 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25914
25915 \(fn)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25918 Run inferior Tcl process.
25919 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25920 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25921
25922 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25923
25924 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25925 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25926 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25927
25928 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25929
25930 ;;;***
25931 \f
25932 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17390 26944))
25933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25934 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25935
25936 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25937 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25938 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25939 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25940
25941 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25942 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25943 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25944 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25945 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25946
25947 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25948 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25949
25950 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25951 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25952 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25953 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25954
25955 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25956
25957 ;;;***
25958 \f
25959 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17356
25960 ;;;;;; 16193))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25962
25963 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25964 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25965 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25966 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25967 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25968 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25969
25970 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25971
25972 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25973 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25974 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25975 commands to use in that buffer.
25976
25977 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25978
25979 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25980
25981 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25982 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25983
25984 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25985
25986 ;;;***
25987 \f
25988 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17390
25989 ;;;;;; 26946))
25990 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25991
25992 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25993 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25994 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25995 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25996 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25997 program as keyboard input.
25998
25999 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26000 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26001 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26002 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26003
26004 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26005 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26006 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26007 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26008 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26009
26010 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26011
26012 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26013 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26014 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26015 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26016
26017 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26018 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26019 subprocess started.
26020
26021 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26022
26023 ;;;***
26024 \f
26025 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26026 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26028
26029 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26030 Start coverage on function under point.
26031
26032 \(fn)" t nil)
26033
26034 ;;;***
26035 \f
26036 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17383 38807))
26037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26038
26039 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26040 Play the Tetris game.
26041 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26042 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26043 as to form complete rows.
26044
26045 tetris-mode keybindings:
26046 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26047 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26048 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26049 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26050 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26051 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26052 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26053 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26054 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26055
26056 \(fn)" t nil)
26057
26058 ;;;***
26059 \f
26060 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26061 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26062 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26063 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26064 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26065 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26066 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26067 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
26068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26069
26070 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26071 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26072
26073 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26074
26075 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26076 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26077 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26078 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26079 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26080
26081 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26082
26083 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26084 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26085 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26086 if it matches the first line of the file,
26087 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26088
26089 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26090
26091 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26092 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26093 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26094 if the variable is non-nil.")
26095
26096 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26097
26098 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26099 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26100
26101 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26102
26103 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26104 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26105 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26106 See the documentation of that variable.")
26107
26108 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26109
26110 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26111 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26112 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26113 See the documentation of that variable.")
26114
26115 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26116
26117 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26118 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26119 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26120 See the documentation of that variable.")
26121
26122 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26123
26124 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26125 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26126 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26127 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26128 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26129
26130 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26131
26132 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26133 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26134 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26135 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26136
26137 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26138
26139 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26140 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26141 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26142
26143 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26144
26145 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26146 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26147 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26148 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26149
26150 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26151
26152 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26153 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26154 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26155 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26156
26157 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26158
26159 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26160 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26161 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26162 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26163
26164 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26165 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26166 for example,
26167
26168 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26169 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26170
26171 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26172 use.")
26173
26174 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26175
26176 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26177 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26178 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26179 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26180 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26181
26182 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26183
26184 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26185
26186 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26187 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26188 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26189
26190 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26191
26192 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26193 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26194 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26195 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26196 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26197
26198 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26199
26200 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26201 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26202
26203 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26204
26205 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26206 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26207
26208 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26209
26210 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26211 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26212 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26213 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26214 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26215 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26216 says which mode to use.
26217
26218 \(fn)" t nil)
26219
26220 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26221
26222 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26223
26224 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26225
26226 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26227 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26228 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26229 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26230 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26231
26232 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26233 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26234 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26235 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26236 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26237 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26238 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26239
26240 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26241 mismatched $'s or braces.
26242
26243 Special commands:
26244 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26245
26246 Mode variables:
26247 tex-run-command
26248 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26249 tex-directory
26250 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26251 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26252 tex-dvi-print-command
26253 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26254 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26255 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26256 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26257 tex-dvi-view-command
26258 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26259 tex-show-queue-command
26260 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26261 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26262
26263 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26264 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26265 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26266
26267 \(fn)" t nil)
26268
26269 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26270 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26271 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26272 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26273 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26274
26275 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26276 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26277 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26278 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26279 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26280 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26281 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26282
26283 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26284 mismatched $'s or braces.
26285
26286 Special commands:
26287 \\{latex-mode-map}
26288
26289 Mode variables:
26290 latex-run-command
26291 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26292 tex-directory
26293 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26294 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26295 tex-dvi-print-command
26296 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26297 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26298 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26299 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26300 tex-dvi-view-command
26301 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26302 tex-show-queue-command
26303 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26304 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26305
26306 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26307 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26308 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26309
26310 \(fn)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26313 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26314 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26315 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26316 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26317
26318 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26319 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26320 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26321 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26322 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26323 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26324 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26325
26326 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26327 mismatched $'s or braces.
26328
26329 Special commands:
26330 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26331
26332 Mode variables:
26333 slitex-run-command
26334 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26335 tex-directory
26336 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26337 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26338 tex-dvi-print-command
26339 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26340 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26341 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26342 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26343 tex-dvi-view-command
26344 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26345 tex-show-queue-command
26346 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26347 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26348
26349 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26350 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26351 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26352 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26353
26354 \(fn)" t nil)
26355
26356 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26357 Not documented
26358
26359 \(fn)" nil nil)
26360
26361 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26362 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26363
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26365
26366 ;;;***
26367 \f
26368 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26369 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17390 26946))
26370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26371
26372 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26373 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26374 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26375 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26376
26377 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26378 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26379 Info-split to do these manually.
26380
26381 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26382
26383 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26384 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26385 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26386 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26387 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26388
26389 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26390
26391 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26392 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26393 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26394 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26395
26396 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26397 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26398 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26399 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26400
26401 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26402 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26403
26404 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26405
26406 ;;;***
26407 \f
26408 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26409 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26411
26412 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26413 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26414
26415 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26416
26417 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26418 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26419
26420 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26421
26422 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26423 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26424
26425 It has these extra commands:
26426 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26427
26428 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26429 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26430 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26431 modified version of TeX input format.
26432
26433 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26434 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26435 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26436 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26437
26438 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26439 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26440 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26441 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26442 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26443 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26444 in the Texinfo file.
26445
26446 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26447 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26448 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26449 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26450 move forward past the closing brace.
26451
26452 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26453 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26454
26455 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26456 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26457 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26458
26459 Here are the functions:
26460
26461 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26462 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26463 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26464
26465 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26466 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26467 texinfo-master-menu
26468
26469 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26470
26471 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26472 which menu descriptions are indented.
26473
26474 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26475 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26476 in the region.
26477
26478 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26479 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26480 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26481 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26482
26483 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26484 be the first node in the file.
26485
26486 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26487 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26488
26489 \(fn)" t nil)
26490
26491 ;;;***
26492 \f
26493 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26494 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26495 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26496 ;;;;;; (17279 27123))
26497 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26498
26499 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26500 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26501 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26502 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26503
26504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26505
26506 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26507 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26508
26509 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26510
26511 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26512 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26513
26514 \(fn)" t nil)
26515
26516 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26517 Not documented
26518
26519 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26520
26521 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26522 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26523 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26524 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26525 to compose.
26526
26527 The return value is number of composed characters.
26528
26529 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26530
26531 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26532 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26533
26534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26535
26536 ;;;***
26537 \f
26538 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26539 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26540 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17390 26946))
26541 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26542
26543 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26544 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26545
26546 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26547
26548 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26549 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26550 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26551 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26552 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26553
26554 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26555 a symbol as a valid THING.
26556
26557 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26558 of the textual entity that was found.
26559
26560 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26561
26562 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26563 Return the THING at point.
26564 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26565 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26566 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26567
26568 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26569 a symbol as a valid THING.
26570
26571 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26572
26573 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26574 Not documented
26575
26576 \(fn)" nil nil)
26577
26578 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26579 Not documented
26580
26581 \(fn)" nil nil)
26582
26583 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26584 Not documented
26585
26586 \(fn)" nil nil)
26587
26588 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26589 Not documented
26590
26591 \(fn)" nil nil)
26592
26593 ;;;***
26594 \f
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26596 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26597 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
26598 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26599
26600 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26601 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26602
26603 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26604
26605 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26606 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26607 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26608 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26609
26610 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26611
26612 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26613 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26614
26615 \(fn)" t nil)
26616
26617 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26618 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26619
26620 \(fn)" t nil)
26621
26622 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26623
26624 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26625 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26626
26627 \(fn)" t nil)
26628
26629 ;;;***
26630 \f
26631 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26632 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26633 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26634 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26635 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26636 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17279 27080))
26637 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26638
26639 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26640 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26641 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26642
26643 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26644
26645 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26646 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26647
26648 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26649
26650 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26651 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26652 The returned string has no composition information.
26653
26654 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26655
26656 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26657 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26658
26659 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26660
26661 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26662 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26663
26664 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26665
26666 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26667 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26668 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26669 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26670
26671 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26672
26673 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26674 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26675 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26676 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26677
26678 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26679
26680 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26681 Not documented
26682
26683 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26684
26685 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26686 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26687 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26688
26689 \(fn)" t nil)
26690
26691 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26692 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26693 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26694
26695 \(fn)" t nil)
26696
26697 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26698 Not documented
26699
26700 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26701
26702 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26703 Not documented
26704
26705 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26706
26707 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26708 Not documented
26709
26710 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26711
26712 ;;;***
26713 \f
26714 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26715 ;;;;;; (17390 26946))
26716 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26717
26718 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26719 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26720 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26721 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26722 parameters.
26723 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26724
26725 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26726
26727 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26728 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26729 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26730 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26731 parameters.
26732 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26733
26734 \(fn)" t nil)
26735
26736 ;;;***
26737 \f
26738 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26739 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17390 26947))
26740 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26741
26742 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26743 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26744
26745 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26746
26747 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26748 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26749 This display updates automatically every minute.
26750 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26751 are displayed as well.
26752 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26753
26754 \(fn)" t nil)
26755
26756 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26757 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26758 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26760 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26761
26762 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26763
26764 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26765
26766 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26767 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26768 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26769
26770 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26771 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26772 are displayed as well.
26773 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26774
26775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26776
26777 ;;;***
26778 \f
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26780 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26781 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26782 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
26783 ;;;;;; 27324))
26784 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26785
26786 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26787 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26788
26789 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26790
26791 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26792 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26793 You can use `float-time' instead.
26794
26795 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26796
26797 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26798 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26799
26800 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26801
26802 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26803 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26804
26805 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26806
26807 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26808 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26809
26810 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26811
26812 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26813 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26814 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26815
26816 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26817
26818 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26819
26820 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26821 Subtract two time values.
26822 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26823
26824 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26825
26826 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26827 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26828
26829 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26830
26831 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26832 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26833 DATE should be a date-time string.
26834
26835 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26836
26837 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26838 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26839 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26840
26841 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26842
26843 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26844 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26845
26846 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26847
26848 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26849 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26850
26851 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26852
26853 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26854 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26855 TIME should be a time value.
26856 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26857
26858 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26859
26860 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26861 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26862 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26863
26864 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26865
26866 ;;;***
26867 \f
26868 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26869 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17390 26947))
26870 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26871
26872 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26873 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26874 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26875 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26876 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26877 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26878 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26879 look like one of the following:
26880 Time-stamp: <>
26881 Time-stamp: \" \"
26882 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26883 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26884 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26885 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26886 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26887 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26888 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26889 the template.
26890
26891 \(fn)" t nil)
26892
26893 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26894 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26895 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26896
26897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26898
26899 ;;;***
26900 \f
26901 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26902 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26903 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26904 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26905 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
26906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26907
26908 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26909 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26910 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26911 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26912 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26913 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26914 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26915 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26916 display (non-nil means on).
26917
26918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26919
26920 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26921 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26922 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26923 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26924 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26925 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26926 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26927 this function is called within a day.
26928
26929 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26930 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26931 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26932 discover the name of the project.
26933
26934 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26935
26936 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26937 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26938 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26939 begun during the last time segment.
26940
26941 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26942 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26943 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26944 discover the reason.
26945
26946 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26947
26948 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26949 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26950 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26951 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26952 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26953
26954 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26955
26956 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26957 Change to working on a different project.
26958 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26959 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26960 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26961 working on.
26962
26963 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26964
26965 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26966 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26967 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26968
26969 \(fn)" nil nil)
26970
26971 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26972 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26973 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26974
26975 \(fn)" t nil)
26976
26977 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26978 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26979 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26980 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26981 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26982 \"relative to today\".
26983
26984 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26985
26986 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26987 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26988 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26989 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26990
26991 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26992
26993 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26994 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26995 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26996 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26997 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26998 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26999
27000 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27001
27002 ;;;***
27003 \f
27004 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27005 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27006 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17390 26938))
27007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27008
27009 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27010
27011 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27012 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27013
27014 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27015
27016 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27017 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
27018
27019 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27020
27021 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27022 Perform an action at time TIME.
27023 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27024 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27025 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27026 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27027 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27028 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27029
27030 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27031
27032 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27033
27034 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27035 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27036 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27037 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27038 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27039
27040 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27041
27042 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27043
27044 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27045 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27046 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27047 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27048
27049 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27050
27051 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27052 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27053 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27054 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27055
27056 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27057 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27058
27059 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27060
27061 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27062 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27063
27064 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27065 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27066 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27067 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27068 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27069 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27070 be detected.
27071
27072 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27073
27074 ;;;***
27075 \f
27076 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27077 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17279 27079))
27078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27079
27080 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27081 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27082 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27083 the generated Quail package is saved.
27084
27085 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27086
27087 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27088 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27089 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27090 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27091 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27092 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27093 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27094
27095 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27096
27097 ;;;***
27098 \f
27099 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27100 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17279
27101 ;;;;;; 27080))
27102 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27103
27104 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27105 Not documented
27106
27107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27108
27109 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27110 Not documented
27111
27112 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27113
27114 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27115 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27116 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27117 PATTERN regexp.
27118
27119 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27120
27121 ;;;***
27122 \f
27123 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27124 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17390 26947))
27125 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27126 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27127 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27128 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27129
27130 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27131 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27132 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27133 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27134 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27135
27136 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27137
27138 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27139 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27140 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27141 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27142 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27143
27144 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27145
27146 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27147 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27148 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27149 in the menu in two ways:
27150 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27151 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27152 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27153
27154 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27155 keymap or an alist of alists.
27156 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27157 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27158
27159 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27160
27161 ;;;***
27162 \f
27163 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27164 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27165 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27166 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27167
27168 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27169 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27170
27171 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27172
27173 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27174 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27175
27176 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27177
27178 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27179 Insert new TODO list entry.
27180 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27181 category.
27182
27183 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27184
27185 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27186 List top priorities for each category.
27187
27188 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27189 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27190
27191 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27192 between each category.
27193
27194 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27195
27196 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27197 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27198 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27199 between each category.
27200
27201 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27202
27203 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27204
27205 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27206 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27207
27208 \\{todo-mode-map}
27209
27210 \(fn)" t nil)
27211
27212 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27213 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27214
27215 \(fn)" nil nil)
27216
27217 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27218 Show TODO list.
27219
27220 \(fn)" t nil)
27221
27222 ;;;***
27223 \f
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27225 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27226 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17446 40492))
27227 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27228
27229 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27230 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27231 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27232
27233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27234
27235 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27236
27237 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27238 Add an item to the tool bar.
27239 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27240 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27241 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27242 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27243
27244 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27245 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27246 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27247 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27248
27249 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27250 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27251
27252 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27253
27254 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27255 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27256 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27257 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27258 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27259 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27260
27261 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27262 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27263 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27264 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27265
27266 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27267
27268 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27269 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27270 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27271 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27272 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27273 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27274 properties to add to the binding.
27275
27276 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27277
27278 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27279 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27280
27281 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27282
27283 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27284 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27285 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27286 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27287 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27288 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27289 properties to add to the binding.
27290
27291 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27292 holds a keymap.
27293
27294 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27295
27296 ;;;***
27297 \f
27298 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27299 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
27300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27301
27302 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27303 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27304 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27306 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27307
27308 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27309
27310 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27311
27312 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27313 TPU/edt emulation.
27314
27315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27316
27317 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27318
27319 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27320 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27321
27322 \(fn)" t nil)
27323
27324 ;;;***
27325 \f
27326 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27327 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17390 26938))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27329
27330 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27331 Set scroll margins.
27332
27333 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27334
27335 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27336 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27337
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27339
27340 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27341 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27342
27343 \(fn)" t nil)
27344
27345 ;;;***
27346 \f
27347 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17390 26938))
27348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27349
27350 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27351 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27352 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27353 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27354 to a tcp server on another machine.
27355
27356 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27357
27358 ;;;***
27359 \f
27360 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27361 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17390 26938))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27363
27364 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27365 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27366
27367 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27368
27369 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27370 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27371 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27372 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27373 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27374 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27375 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27376 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27377
27378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27379
27380 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27381 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27382 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27383 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27384 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27385 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27386 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27387
27388 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27389
27390 ;;;***
27391 \f
27392 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27393 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27394 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27395 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17396 42158))
27396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27397
27398 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27399 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27400 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27401
27402 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27403 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27404 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27405 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27406
27407 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27408 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27409 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27410 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27411
27412 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27413 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27414 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27415 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27416 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27417 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27418 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27419 files which are not really tramp files.
27420
27421 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27422 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27423 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27424 updated after changing this variable.
27425
27426 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27427
27428 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27429
27430 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27431 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27432 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27433 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27434
27435 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27436 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27437 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27438 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27439
27440 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27441 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27442 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27443
27444 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27445 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27446 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27447 updated after changing this variable.
27448
27449 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27450
27451 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27452
27453 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27454 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27455 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27456
27457 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27458
27459 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27460 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27461 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27462
27463 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27464
27465 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27466
27467 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27468
27469 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27470 Not documented
27471
27472 \(fn)" nil nil)
27473
27474 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27475 Not documented
27476
27477 \(fn)" t nil)
27478
27479 ;;;***
27480 \f
27481 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27482 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
27483 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27484
27485 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27486 Not documented
27487
27488 \(fn)" nil nil)
27489
27490 ;;;***
27491 \f
27492 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-mark-tagged-files tumme-dired-comment-files
27493 ;;;;;; tumme-display-dired-image tumme-dired-display-external tumme-display-thumb
27494 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27495 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-tag-remove tumme-tag-files
27496 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27497 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17425
27498 ;;;;;; 24462))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27500
27501 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27502 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27503
27504 \(fn)" t nil)
27505
27506 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27507 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27508
27509 Convenience command that:
27510
27511 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27512 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27513 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27514
27515 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27516 image files in dired and type
27517 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27518
27519 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27520
27521 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27522 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27523
27524 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27525
27526 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27527 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27528 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27529 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27530 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27531 another one).
27532
27533 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27534 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27535 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27536
27537 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27538 instead of erasing it first.
27539
27540 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND)" t nil)
27541
27542 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27543
27544 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27545 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27546
27547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27548
27549 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-remove) "tumme" "\
27550 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27551 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27552
27553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27554
27555 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27556 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27557
27558 \(fn)" t nil)
27559
27560 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27561 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27562 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27563 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27564
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27566
27567 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27568 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27569
27570 \(fn)" t nil)
27571
27572 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27573 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27574
27575 \(fn)" t nil)
27576
27577 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27578 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27579
27580 \(fn)" t nil)
27581
27582 (autoload (quote tumme-display-dired-image) "tumme" "\
27583 Display current image file.
27584 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27585 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27586
27587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27588
27589 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27590 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27591
27592 \(fn)" t nil)
27593
27594 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27595 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27596 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27597 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27598 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27599 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27600 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27601
27602 \(fn)" t nil)
27603
27604 ;;;***
27605 \f
27606 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17390 26946))
27608 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27609 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27610 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27611 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27612
27613 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27614 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27615 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27616 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27617 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27618 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27619 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27620
27621 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27622
27623 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27624 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27625 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27626 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27627
27628 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27629
27630 \(fn)" t nil)
27631
27632 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27633 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27634 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27635 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27636 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27637 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27638 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27639
27640 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27641 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27642
27643 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27644 \\___/\\
27645 / \\
27646 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27647
27648 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27649
27650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27651
27652 ;;;***
27653 \f
27654 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27655 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27656 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27657 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27658 ;;;;;; (17390 26947))
27659 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27660
27661 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27662 Toggle typing break mode.
27663 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27665 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27666
27667 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27668
27669 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27670 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27671
27672 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27673
27674 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27675 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27676
27677 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27678 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27679 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27680
27681 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27682 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27683
27684 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27685
27686 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27687 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27688
27689 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27690 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27691 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27692 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27693
27694 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27695
27696 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27697 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27698 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27699
27700 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27701 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27702 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27703 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27704 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27705 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27706
27707 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27708 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27709 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27710 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27711
27712 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27713 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27714
27715 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27716 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27717
27718 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27719
27720 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27721 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27722 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27723
27724 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27725 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27726 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27727 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27728 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27729 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27730 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27731
27732 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27733 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27734
27735 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27736 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27737 reset the keystroke counter.
27738
27739 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27740 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27741 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27742 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27743
27744 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27745 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27746 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27747 `type-break-schedule' command.
27748
27749 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27750 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27751 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27752 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27753 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27754 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27755 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27756 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27757 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27758
27759 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27760 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27761 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27762 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27763 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27764
27765 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27766 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27767 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27768 approximate good values for this.
27769
27770 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27771 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27772
27773 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27774 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27775 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27776 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27777 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27778 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27779
27780 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27781 a typing break occur. They include:
27782
27783 `type-break-query-mode'
27784 `type-break-query-function'
27785 `type-break-query-interval'
27786
27787 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27788
27789 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27790 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27791 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27792 problems.
27793
27794 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27795
27796 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27797 Take a typing break.
27798
27799 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27800 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27801
27802 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27803 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27804
27805 \(fn)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27808 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27809 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27810 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27811
27812 \(fn)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27815 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27816
27817 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27818 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27819 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27820 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27821 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27822 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27823 average typing speed.)
27824
27825 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27826 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27827 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27828 the computed maximum threshold.
27829
27830 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27831 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27832 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27833 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27834 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27835
27836 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27837
27838 ;;;***
27839 \f
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17390 26946))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27843
27844 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27845 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27846 Works by overstriking underscores.
27847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27848 which specify the range to operate on.
27849
27850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27851
27852 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27853 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27854 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27855 which specify the range to operate on.
27856
27857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27858
27859 ;;;***
27860 \f
27861 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27862 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17390 26943))
27863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27864
27865 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27866 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27867 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27868
27869 \(fn)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27872 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27873 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27874 following the containing message.
27875
27876 \(fn)" t nil)
27877
27878 ;;;***
27879 \f
27880 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27881 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
27882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27883
27884 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27885 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27886 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27887 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27888 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27889 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27890
27891 \(fn)" nil nil)
27892
27893 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27894 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27895
27896 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27897
27898 ;;;***
27899 \f
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
27901 ;;;;;; 10313))
27902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27903
27904 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27905 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27906 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27907 of symbols with local bindings.
27908
27909 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27910
27911 ;;;***
27912 \f
27913 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27914 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17403 14074))
27915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27916
27917 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27918 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27919 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27920
27921 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27922 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27923 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27924 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27925 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27926 followed by CBARGS.
27927
27928 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27929 already completed.
27930
27931 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27932
27933 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27934 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27935 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27936 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27937 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27938
27939 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27940
27941 ;;;***
27942 \f
27943 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27944 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
27945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27946
27947 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27948 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27949 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27950
27951 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27952 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27953 `url-generic-parse-url'
27954 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27955 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27956 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27957 realm
27958 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27959 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27960 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27961 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27962 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27963 what type of auth to use
27964 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27965 if one cannot be found in the cache
27966
27967 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27968
27969 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27970 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27971
27972 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27973 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27974 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27975 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27976 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27977 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27978 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27979 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27980
27981 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27982
27983 ;;;***
27984 \f
27985 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27986 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27987 ;;;;;; 56256))
27988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27989
27990 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27991 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27992
27993 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27994
27995 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27996 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27997
27998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27999
28000 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28001 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28002
28003 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28004
28005 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28006 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28007
28008 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28009
28010 ;;;***
28011 \f
28012 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28013 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28014
28015 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28016 Not documented
28017
28018 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28019
28020 ;;;***
28021 \f
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28023 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17383 38807))
28024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28025
28026 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28027 Not documented
28028
28029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28030
28031 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28032 Not documented
28033
28034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28035
28036 ;;;***
28037 \f
28038 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28039 ;;;;;; 38807))
28040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28041
28042 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28043 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28044
28045 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28046
28047 ;;;***
28048 \f
28049 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28050 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17383 38807))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28052
28053 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28054 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28055
28056 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28057
28058 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28059 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28060 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28061 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28062
28063 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28064
28065 ;;;***
28066 \f
28067 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28068 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17454
28069 ;;;;;; 30994))
28070 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28071
28072 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28073 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28074 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28076 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28077
28078 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
28079
28080 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28081
28082 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28083 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28084
28085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28086
28087 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28088 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28089 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28090 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28091 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28092 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28093 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28094 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28095 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28096
28097 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28098
28099 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28100 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28101 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28102 accessible.
28103
28104 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28105
28106 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28107 Not documented
28108
28109 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28110
28111 ;;;***
28112 \f
28113 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28114 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17425 24466))
28115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28116
28117 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28118 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28119 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28120 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28121 CBARGS as the arguments.
28122
28123 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28124
28125 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28126 Not documented
28127
28128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28129
28130 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28131
28132 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28133 Not documented
28134
28135 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28136
28137 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28138 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28139 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28140
28141 Property list members:
28142
28143 methods
28144 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28145 supports.
28146
28147 dav
28148 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28149 supported.
28150
28151 dasl
28152 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28153
28154 ranges
28155 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28156
28157 p3p
28158 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28159 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28160 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28161 Emacs/W3.
28162
28163 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28164
28165 ;;;***
28166 \f
28167 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17454 30953))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28169
28170 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28171 Not documented
28172
28173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28178 ;;;;;; 38807))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28180
28181 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28182 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28183 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28184 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28185 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28186
28187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28188
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28192 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28194
28195 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28196 Not documented
28197
28198 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28199
28200 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28201 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28202
28203 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28204
28205 ;;;***
28206 \f
28207 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28208 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28209 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28210
28211 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28212 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28213
28214 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28215
28216 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28217 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28218
28219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28220
28221 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28222 Not documented
28223
28224 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28225
28226 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28227
28228 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28229
28230 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28231
28232 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28233 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28234
28235 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28236
28237 ;;;***
28238 \f
28239 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28240 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28242
28243 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28244 Not documented
28245
28246 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28247
28248 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28249 Not documented
28250
28251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28252
28253 ;;;***
28254 \f
28255 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28256 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28257 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28258 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28259
28260 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28261 Not documented
28262
28263 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28264
28265 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28266 Not documented
28267
28268 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28269
28270 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28271 Not documented
28272
28273 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28274
28275 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28276 Not documented
28277
28278 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28279
28280 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28281 Not documented
28282
28283 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28284
28285 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28286 Not documented
28287
28288 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28289
28290 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28291 Not documented
28292
28293 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28294
28295 ;;;***
28296 \f
28297 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28298 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17383 38807))
28299 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28300
28301 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28302 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28303
28304 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28305
28306 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28307 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28308 Format is:
28309 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28310
28311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28312
28313 ;;;***
28314 \f
28315 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28316 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28317 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28318
28319 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28320 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28321
28322 \(fn)" t nil)
28323
28324 ;;;***
28325 \f
28326 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28327 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28328 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28329 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28330 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28331 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28332 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28334
28335 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28336 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28337 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28338
28339 If t, all messages will be logged.
28340 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28341 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28342
28343 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28344
28345 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28346 Not documented
28347
28348 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28349
28350 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28351 Not documented
28352
28353 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28354
28355 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28356 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28357 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28358 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28359 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28360 & ==> &amp;
28361 < ==> &lt;
28362 > ==> &gt;
28363 \" ==> &quot;
28364
28365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28366
28367 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28368 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28369 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28370
28371 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28372
28373 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28374 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28375 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28376
28377 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28378
28379 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28380 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28381
28382 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28383
28384 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28385 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28386
28387 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28388
28389 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28390 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28391
28392 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28393
28394 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28395 Not documented
28396
28397 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28398
28399 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28400 Not documented
28401
28402 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28403
28404 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28405 Not documented
28406
28407 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28408
28409 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28410 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28411
28412 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28413
28414 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28415 Not documented
28416
28417 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28418
28419 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28420 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28421 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28422 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28423 forbidden in URL encoding.
28424
28425 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28426
28427 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28428 Escape characters in a string.
28429
28430 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28431
28432 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28433 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28434 If optional variable X is t,
28435 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28436
28437 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28438
28439 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28440 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28441 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28442
28443 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28444
28445 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28446 View the current document's URL.
28447 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28448 the minibuffer.
28449
28450 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28451
28452 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28457 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17390 26947))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28459
28460 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28461 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28462 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28463 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28464 to refrain from editing the file
28465 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28466 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28467 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28468 in any way you like.
28469
28470 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28471
28472 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28473 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28474 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28475 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28476 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28477
28478 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28479 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28480
28481 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28482
28483 ;;;***
28484 \f
28485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17279 27196))
28486 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28487 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28488
28489 ;;;***
28490 \f
28491 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28492 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28493 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
28494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28495
28496 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28497 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28498 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28499 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28500
28501 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28504 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28505 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28506
28507 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28508
28509 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28510 Uudecode region between START and END.
28511 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28512
28513 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28514
28515 ;;;***
28516 \f
28517 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28518 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28519 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28520 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28521 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28522 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28523 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17390 27226))
28524 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28525
28526 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28527 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28528 See `run-hooks'.")
28529
28530 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28531
28532 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28533 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28534 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28535
28536 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28537
28538 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28539 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28540 See `run-hooks'.")
28541
28542 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28543
28544 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28545 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28546
28547 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28548
28549 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28550 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28551
28552 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28553
28554 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28555 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28556 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28557 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28558 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28559 somebody else, signal error.
28560
28561 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28562
28563 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28564 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28565 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28566 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28567 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28568
28569 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28570
28571 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28572 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28573 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28574 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28575 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28576 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28577 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28578 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28579 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28580 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28581 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28582 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28583
28584 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28585
28586 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28587 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28588
28589 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28590 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28591
28592 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28593 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28594 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28595 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28596 lock steals will raise an error.
28597
28598 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28599
28600 For RCS and SCCS files:
28601 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28602 control.
28603 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28604 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28605 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28606 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28607 it performs a revert.
28608 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28609 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28610 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28611 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28612 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28613 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28614 the option to steal the lock.
28615
28616 For CVS files:
28617 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28618 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28619 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28620 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28621 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28622 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28623 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28624 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28625 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28626
28627 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28628
28629 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28630 Register the current file into a version control system.
28631 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28632 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28633
28634 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28635 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28636 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28637 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28638 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28639 first backend that could register the file is used.
28640
28641 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28642
28643 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28644 Display diffs between file versions.
28645 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28646 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28647 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28648 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28649 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28650 saving the buffer.
28651
28652 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28653
28654 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28655 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28656 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28657 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28658
28659 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28660
28661 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28662 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28663 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28664 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28665
28666 \(fn)" t nil)
28667
28668 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28669 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28670 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28671 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28672 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28673 from the current branch.
28674
28675 See Info node `Merging'.
28676
28677 \(fn)" t nil)
28678
28679 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28680
28681 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28682 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28683
28684 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28685
28686 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28687 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28688
28689 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28690
28691 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28692 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28693 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28694 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28695 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28696 are checked out in that new branch.
28697
28698 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28699
28700 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28701 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28702 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28703 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28704 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28705 allowed and simply skipped).
28706
28707 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28708
28709 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28710 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28711 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28712
28713 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28714
28715 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28716 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28717 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28718 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28719 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28720
28721 \(fn)" t nil)
28722
28723 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28724 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28725 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28726 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28727 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28728 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28729
28730 \(fn)" t nil)
28731
28732 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28733 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28734 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28735
28736 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28737
28738 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28739 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28740 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28741 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28742 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28743 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28744 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28745
28746 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28747
28748 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28749 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28750 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28751 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28752 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28753 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28754 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28755 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28756 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28757
28758 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28759
28760 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28761 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28762
28763 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28764
28765 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28766 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28767 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28768 directory.
28769
28770 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28771
28772 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28773 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28774 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28775
28776 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28777 log entries should be gathered.
28778
28779 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28780
28781 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28782 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28783
28784 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28785 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28786 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28787 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28788 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28789 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28790
28791 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28792 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28793 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28794 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28795 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28796 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28797 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28798 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28799
28800 Customization variables:
28801
28802 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28803 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28804 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28805 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28806
28807 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28808
28809 ;;;***
28810 \f
28811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17390 26947))
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28813 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28814 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28815 (progn
28816 (load "vc-arch")
28817 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28818
28819 ;;;***
28820 \f
28821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28823 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28824 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28825 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28826 (load "vc-cvs")
28827 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28828
28829 ;;;***
28830 \f
28831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
28832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28833 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28834 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28835 (progn
28836 (load "vc-mcvs")
28837 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28838
28839 ;;;***
28840 \f
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28842 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28844
28845 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28846 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28847 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28848
28849 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28850 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28851
28852 ;;;***
28853 \f
28854 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28855 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28857
28858 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28859 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28860 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28861
28862 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28863 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28864
28865 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28866 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28867 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28868 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28869
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17390 27354))
28873 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28874 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28875 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28876 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28877 (load "vc-svn")
28878 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28879
28880 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28881
28882 ;;;***
28883 \f
28884 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28885 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28887
28888 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28889 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28890
28891 Usage:
28892 ------
28893
28894 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28895 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28896 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28897 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28898 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28899 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28900 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28901 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28902 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28903
28904 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28905 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28906 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28907 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28908
28909 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28910 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28911 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28912 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28913 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28914
28915 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28916 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28917
28918
28919 HEADER INSERTION:
28920 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28921 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28922 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28923
28924
28925 STUTTERING:
28926 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28927 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28928 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28929 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28930
28931 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28932 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28933 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28934 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28935 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28936
28937
28938 WORD COMPLETION:
28939 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28940 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28941 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28942 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28943
28944 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28945 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28946 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28947 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28948 beginning with \"std\").
28949
28950 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28951 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28952 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28953 stop.
28954
28955
28956 COMMENTS:
28957 `--' puts a single comment.
28958 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28959 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28960 with a comment in between.
28961 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28962 out following lines.
28963 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28964 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28965
28966 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28967 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28968 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28969 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28970 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28971 non-nil.
28972
28973 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28974 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28975 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28976 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28977 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28978 multi-line comments.
28979
28980
28981 INDENTATION:
28982 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28983 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28984 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28985 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28986
28987 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28988 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28989 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28990 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28991
28992 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28993 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28994 and vice versa.
28995
28996 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28997 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28998
28999
29000 ALIGNMENT:
29001 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29002 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29003 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29004 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29005 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29006 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29007 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29008 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29009
29010 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29011 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29012 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29013 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29014 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29015 is non-nil.
29016
29017 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29018 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29019 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29020
29021 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29022 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29023
29024
29025 CODE FILLING:
29026 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29027 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29028 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29029 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29030 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29031 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29032
29033
29034 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29035 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29036 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29037 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29038 command:
29039
29040 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29041
29042
29043 PORT TRANSLATION:
29044 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29045 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29046 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29047 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29048 internal signal initializations (menu).
29049
29050 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29051 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29052 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29053
29054 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29055 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29056 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29057 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29058 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29059 in subsequent paste operations.)
29060
29061 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29062 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29063 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29064
29065
29066 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29067 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29068 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29069 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29070 association list with formals).
29071
29072
29073 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29074 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29075 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29076 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29077 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29078 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29079 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29080 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29081 `vhdl-testbench'.
29082
29083
29084 KEY BINDINGS:
29085 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29086
29087
29088 VHDL MENU:
29089 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29090
29091
29092 FILE BROWSER:
29093 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29094 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29095 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29096
29097 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29098 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29099
29100
29101 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29102 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29103 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29104 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29105
29106 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29107 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29108 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29109
29110 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29111 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29112 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29113 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29114
29115 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29116 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29117 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29118 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29119 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29120
29121 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29122 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29123 required by secondary units.
29124
29125
29126 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29127 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29128 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29129 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29130 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29131 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29132 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29133 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29134 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29135 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29136 inputs to this component -> input port created
29137 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29138 outputs from this component -> output port created
29139 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29140 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29141
29142 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29143 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29144 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29145 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29146 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29147
29148 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29149 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29150
29151 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29152 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29153 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29154 component instantiation is also supported (option
29155 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29156
29157 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29158 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29159 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29160 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29161 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29162 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29163 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29164 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29165 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29166 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29167 | generating the configuration.
29168 |
29169 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29170 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29171 | configurations in speedbar.
29172
29173 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29174
29175
29176 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29177 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29178 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29179 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29180 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29181 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29182 information. New compilers can be added.
29183
29184 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29185 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29186
29187
29188 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29189 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29190 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29191 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29192 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29193
29194 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29195 command:
29196
29197 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29198 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29199 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29200
29201 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29202 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29203 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29204 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29205 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29206 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29207 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29208
29209 Limitations:
29210 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29211 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29212 not (yet) supported.
29213 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29214 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29215 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29216
29217
29218 PROJECTS:
29219 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29220 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29221 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29222 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29223 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29224 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29225 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29226 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29227
29228 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29229 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29230 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29231 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29232 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29233 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29234 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29235 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29236 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29237 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29238 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29239
29240
29241 SPECIAL MENUES:
29242 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29243 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29244 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29245 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29246 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29247 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29248 current directory for VHDL source files.
29249
29250
29251 VHDL STANDARDS:
29252 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29253 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29254
29255
29256 KEYWORD CASE:
29257 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29258 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29259 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29260 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29261 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29262 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29263 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29264 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29265
29266
29267 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29268 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29269 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29270 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29271 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29272 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29273 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29274
29275 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29276 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29277 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29278 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29279 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29280 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29281
29282 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29283 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29284 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29285 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29286 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29287 visually.
29288
29289 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29290 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29291 highlighted if written in lower case.
29292
29293 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29294 highlighted using a different background color if option
29295 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29296
29297 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29298 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29299 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29300 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29301 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29302
29303
29304 USER MODELS:
29305 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29306 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29307 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29308
29309
29310 HIDE/SHOW:
29311 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29312 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29313 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29314 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29315 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29316
29317
29318 CODE UPDATING:
29319 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29320 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29321 Limitations:
29322 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29323 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29324 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29325 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29326 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29327 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29328 (used to obtain the port names).
29329
29330
29331 CODE FIXING:
29332 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29333 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29334
29335
29336 PRINTING:
29337 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29338 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29339 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29340 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29341 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29342 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29343 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29344 printers.
29345
29346
29347 OPTIONS:
29348 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29349 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29350 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29351 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29352 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29353
29354 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29355 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29356 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29357 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29358 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29359 INSTALL file).
29360
29361 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29362 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29363
29364
29365 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29366 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29367 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29368 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29369
29370 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29371
29372
29373 HINTS:
29374 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29375 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29376
29377 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29378
29379 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29380
29381 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29382
29383
29384 RELEASE NOTES:
29385 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29386
29387
29388 Maintenance:
29389 ------------
29390
29391 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29392 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29393
29394 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29395
29396 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29397 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29398 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29399 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29400
29401 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29402 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29403 where the latest version can be found.
29404
29405
29406 Known problems:
29407 ---------------
29408
29409 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29410 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29411 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29412
29413
29414 The VHDL Mode Authors
29415 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29416
29417 Key bindings:
29418 -------------
29419
29420 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29421
29422 \(fn)" t nil)
29423
29424 ;;;***
29425 \f
29426 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17279 27079))
29427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29428
29429 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29430 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29431 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29432 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29433
29434 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29435 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29436 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29437 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29438 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29439
29440 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29441 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29442
29443 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29444
29445 * Limitations and unsupported features
29446 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29447 not supported.
29448 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29449 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29450
29451 * Modifications
29452 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29453 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29454 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29455 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29456 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29457 for undoing a repeated change command.
29458 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29459 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29460 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29461
29462 * Extensions
29463 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29464 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29465 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29466 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29467 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29468 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29469 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29470 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29471
29472 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29473
29474 \(fn)" t nil)
29475
29476 ;;;***
29477 \f
29478 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29479 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29480 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29481 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17279 27080))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29483
29484 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29485 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29486
29487 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29488
29489 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29490 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29491 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29492 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29493
29494 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29495
29496 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29497 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29498
29499 \(fn)" t nil)
29500
29501 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29502 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29503 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29504 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29505
29506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29507
29508 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29509 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29510
29511 \(fn)" t nil)
29512
29513 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29514 Not documented
29515
29516 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29517
29518 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29519 Not documented
29520
29521 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29522
29523 ;;;***
29524 \f
29525 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29526 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29527 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
29528 ;;;;;; 26949))
29529 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29530
29531 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29532 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29533 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29534 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29535
29536 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29537
29538 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29539 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29540 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29541 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29542 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29543 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29544 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29545
29546 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29547
29548 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29549
29550 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29551 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29552 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29553 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29554 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29555 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29556 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29557 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29558
29559 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29560
29561 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29562
29563 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29564 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29565 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29566 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29567 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29568 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29569 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29570 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29571
29572 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29573
29574 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29575
29576 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29577 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29578 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29579 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29580 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29581 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29582 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29583
29584 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29585
29586 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29587 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29588 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29589
29590 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29591
29592 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29593 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29594 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29595 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29596 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29597 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29598 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29599 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29600
29601 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29602
29603 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29604 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29605 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29606
29607 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29608
29609 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29610 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29611 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29612 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29613 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29614 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29615 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29616 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29617
29618 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29619
29620 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29621 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29622 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29623
29624 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29625
29626 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29627 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29628 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29629
29630 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29631 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29632 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29633 read-only.
29634 \\<view-mode-map>
29635 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29636 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29637 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29638 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29639 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29640
29641 H, h, ? This message.
29642 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29643 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29644 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29645 > move to the end of buffer.
29646 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29647 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29648 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29649 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29650 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29651 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29652 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29653 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29654 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29655 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29656 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29657 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29658 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29659 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29660 Use this to view a changing file.
29661 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29662 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29663 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29664 . set the mark.
29665 x exchanges point and mark.
29666 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29667 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29668 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29669 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29670 ' go to position saved in character register.
29671 s do forward incremental search.
29672 r do reverse incremental search.
29673 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29674 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29675 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29676 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29677 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29678 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29679 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29680 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29681 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29682 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29683 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29684 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29685 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29686 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29687 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29688 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29689 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29690
29691 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29692 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29693 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29694 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29695 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29696 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29697 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29698 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29699 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29700
29701 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29702
29703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29704
29705 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29706 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29707 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29708 `view-return-to-alist'.
29709 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29710 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29711 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29712
29713 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29714 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29715 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29716 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29717 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29718 1) nil Do nothing.
29719 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29720 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29721 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29722 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29723
29724 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29725
29726 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29727
29728 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29729
29730 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29731 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29732
29733 \(fn)" t nil)
29734
29735 ;;;***
29736 \f
29737 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17390
29738 ;;;;;; 26938))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29740
29741 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29742 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29743
29744 \(fn)" nil nil)
29745
29746 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29747 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29748
29749 \(fn)" t nil)
29750
29751 ;;;***
29752 \f
29753 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29754 ;;;;;; (17401 60343))
29755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29756
29757 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29758 Toggle Viper on/off.
29759 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29760
29761 \(fn)" t nil)
29762
29763 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29764 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29765
29766 \(fn)" t nil)
29767
29768 ;;;***
29769 \f
29770 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29771 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
29772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29773
29774 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29775 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29776 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29777 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29778 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29779 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29780 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29781 the beginning of the warning.")
29782
29783 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29784 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29785 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29786 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29787 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29788 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29789 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29790 also call that function before the next warning.")
29791
29792 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29793 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29794
29795 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29796 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29797 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29798 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29799
29800 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29801 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29802 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29803 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29804 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29805 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29806
29807 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29808 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29809
29810 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29811 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29812 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29813 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29814 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29815 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29816
29817 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29818 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29819
29820 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29821
29822 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29823 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29824
29825 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29826
29827 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29828 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29829 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29830 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29831
29832 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29833 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29834 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29835 can be whatever you like.)
29836
29837 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29838 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29839
29840 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29841 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29842 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29843 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29844 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29845
29846 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29847
29848 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29849 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29850 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29851 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29852 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29853
29854 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29855
29856 ;;;***
29857 \f
29858 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29859 ;;;;;; (17425 24371))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29861
29862 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29863 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29864 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29865 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29866 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29867 in disk.
29868
29869 See `wdired-mode'.
29870
29871 \(fn)" t nil)
29872
29873 ;;;***
29874 \f
29875 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17390 26944))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29877
29878 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29879 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29880
29881 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29882 hotlist.
29883
29884 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29885 <nwv@acm.org>.
29886
29887 \(fn)" t nil)
29888
29889 ;;;***
29890 \f
29891 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29892 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29894 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29895 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29896
29897 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29898
29899 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29900 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29901 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29902 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29903 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29904
29905 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29906
29907 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29908
29909 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29910 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29911 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29912 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29913
29914 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29915 and off otherwise.
29916
29917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29918
29919 ;;;***
29920 \f
29921 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29922 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29923 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29924 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29925 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29926 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
29927 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29928
29929 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29930 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29931
29932 \(fn)" t nil)
29933
29934 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29935 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29936
29937 \(fn)" t nil)
29938
29939 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29940 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29941
29942 \(fn)" t nil)
29943
29944 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29945 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29946
29947 \(fn)" t nil)
29948
29949 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29950 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29951
29952 \(fn)" t nil)
29953
29954 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29955 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29956 These are:
29957 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29958 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29959 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29960 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29961 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29962
29963 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29964 and:
29965 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29966 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29967
29968 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29969
29970 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29971 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29972
29973 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29974
29975 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29976 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29977 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29978
29979 \(fn)" t nil)
29980
29981 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29982 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29983
29984 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29985
29986 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29987
29988 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29989 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29990 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29992 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29993
29994 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29995
29996 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29997
29998 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29999 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30000 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30001
30002 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30003 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30004
30005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30006
30007 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30008 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30009 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30010
30011 \(fn)" t nil)
30012
30013 ;;;***
30014 \f
30015 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30016 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17390 26950))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30018
30019 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30020 Browse the widget under point.
30021
30022 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30023
30024 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30025 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30026
30027 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30028
30029 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30030 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30031
30032 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30033
30034 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30035 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30036 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30037
30038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30039
30040 ;;;***
30041 \f
30042 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30043 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17401
30044 ;;;;;; 60138))
30045 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30046
30047 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30048 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30049
30050 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30051
30052 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30053 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30054 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30055
30056 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30057
30058 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30059 Create widget of TYPE.
30060 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30061
30062 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30063
30064 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30065 Delete WIDGET.
30066
30067 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30068
30069 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30070 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30071
30072 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30073
30074 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30075
30076 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30077 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30078 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30079
30080 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30081 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30082
30083 \(fn)" nil nil)
30084
30085 ;;;***
30086 \f
30087 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30088 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17390
30089 ;;;;;; 26950))
30090 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30091
30092 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30093 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30094 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30095 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30096 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30097 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30098 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30099
30100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30101
30102 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30103 Select the window above the current one.
30104 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30105 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30106 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30107 negative ARG) of the current window.
30108 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30109
30110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30111
30112 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30113 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30114 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30115 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30116 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30117 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30118 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30119
30120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30121
30122 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30123 Select the window below the current one.
30124 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30125 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30126 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30127 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30128 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30129
30130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30131
30132 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30133 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30134 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30135 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30136
30137 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30138
30139 ;;;***
30140 \f
30141 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30142 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30143 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30144
30145 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30146 Toggle Winner mode.
30147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30148 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30149
30150 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30151
30152 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30153 Toggle Winner mode.
30154 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30155
30156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30157
30158 ;;;***
30159 \f
30160 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30161 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17390 26950))
30162 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30163
30164 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30165 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30166 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30167 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30168 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30169 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30170 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30171 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30172
30173 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30174 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30175
30176 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30177
30178 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30179 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30180
30181 \(fn)" t nil)
30182
30183 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30184 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30185 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30186 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30187 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30188 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30189 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30190 `woman' command for further details.
30191
30192 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30193
30194 ;;;***
30195 \f
30196 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30197 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
30198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30199
30200 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30201 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30202
30203 BUGS:
30204 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30205 are not implemented
30206 - Options for search and replace
30207 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30208 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30209
30210 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30211 Emacs-like.
30212
30213 The key bindings are:
30214
30215 C-a backward-word
30216 C-b fill-paragraph
30217 C-c scroll-up-line
30218 C-d forward-char
30219 C-e previous-line
30220 C-f forward-word
30221 C-g delete-char
30222 C-h backward-char
30223 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30224 C-j help-for-help
30225 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30226 C-l ws-repeat-search
30227 C-n open-line
30228 C-p quoted-insert
30229 C-r scroll-down-line
30230 C-s backward-char
30231 C-t kill-word
30232 C-u keyboard-quit
30233 C-v overwrite-mode
30234 C-w scroll-down
30235 C-x next-line
30236 C-y kill-complete-line
30237 C-z scroll-up
30238
30239 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30240 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30241 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30242 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30243 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30244 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30245 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30246 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30247 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30248 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30249 C-k b ws-begin-block
30250 C-k c ws-copy-block
30251 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30252 C-k f find-file
30253 C-k h ws-show-markers
30254 C-k i ws-indent-block
30255 C-k k ws-end-block
30256 C-k p ws-print-block
30257 C-k q kill-emacs
30258 C-k r insert-file
30259 C-k s save-some-buffers
30260 C-k t ws-mark-word
30261 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30262 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30263 C-k v ws-move-block
30264 C-k w ws-write-block
30265 C-k x kill-emacs
30266 C-k y ws-delete-block
30267
30268 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30269 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30270 C-o j justify-current-line
30271 C-o k kill-buffer
30272 C-o l list-buffers
30273 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30274 C-o r set-fill-column
30275 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30276 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30277 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30278 C-o wo other-window
30279 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30280
30281 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30282 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30283 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30284 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30285 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30286 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30287 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30288 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30289 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30290 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30291 C-q a ws-query-replace
30292 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30293 C-q c end-of-buffer
30294 C-q d end-of-line
30295 C-q f ws-search
30296 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30297 C-q l ws-undo
30298 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30299 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30300 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30301 C-q w ws-last-error
30302 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30303 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30304
30305 \(fn)" t nil)
30306
30307 ;;;***
30308 \f
30309 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30310 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30312
30313 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30314 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30315 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30316 Returns the top node with all its children.
30317 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30318 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30319
30320 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30321
30322 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30323 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30324 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30325 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30326 is not well-formed XML.
30327 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30328 and returned as the first element of the list.
30329 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30330
30331 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30332
30333 ;;;***
30334 \f
30335 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30336 ;;;;;; 26950))
30337 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30338
30339 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30340 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30341 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30343 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30344
30345 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30346
30347 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30348
30349 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30350 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30351 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30352
30353 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30354 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30355 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30356 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30357 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30358 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30359
30360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30361
30362 ;;;***
30363 \f
30364 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30365 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30367
30368 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30369 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30370
30371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30372
30373 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30374 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30375
30376 \(fn)" nil nil)
30377
30378 ;;;***
30379 \f
30380 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30381 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17383 38807))
30382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30383
30384 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30385 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30386
30387 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30388
30389 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30390 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30391
30392 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30393
30394 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30395 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30396 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30397
30398 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30399
30400 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30401 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30402
30403 \(fn)" t nil)
30404
30405 ;;;***
30406 \f
30407 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
30408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30409
30410 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30411 Zone out, completely.
30412
30413 \(fn)" t nil)
30414
30415 ;;;***
30416 \f
30417 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30418 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17390 26944))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30420
30421 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30422 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30423
30424 \(fn)" t nil)
30425
30426 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30427 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30428
30429 Zone-mode does two things:
30430
30431 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30432 when saving the file
30433
30434 - fontification
30435
30436 \(fn)" t nil)
30437
30438 ;;;***
30439 \f
30440 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
30441 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30442 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30443 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30444 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30445 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30446 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30447 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30448 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30449 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30450 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30451 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30452 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30453 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30454 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30455 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30456 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30457 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30458 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30459 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30460 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30461 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30462 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30463 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30464 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30465 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30466 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30467 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30468 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30469 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30470 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
30471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
30472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
30473 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
30474 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
30475 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
30476 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
30477 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
30478 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30479 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30480 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30481 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30482 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30483 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30484 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30485 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30486 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30487 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30488 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30489 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30490 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30491 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30492 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30493 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30494 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30495 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30496 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
30497 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
30498 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
30499 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30500 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30501 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30502 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30503 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30504 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30505 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30506 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30507 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30508 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30509 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30510 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30511 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30512 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30513 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30514 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30515 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30516 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30517 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30518 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30519 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30520 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30521 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30522 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30523 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30524 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30525 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30526 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30527 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30528 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30529 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30530 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30531 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30532 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30533 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30534 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30535 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30536 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30537 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30538 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30539 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30540 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30541 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30542 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30543 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30544 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30545 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30546 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30547 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30548 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30549 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30550 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30551 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30552 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30553 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30554 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30555 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-gpg.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
30556 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30557 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30558 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30559 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30560 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30561 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30562 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30563 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30565 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
30566 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
30567 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
30568 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
30569 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
30570 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
30571 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30572 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30573 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30574 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30575 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "termdev.el"
30576 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
30577 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
30578 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30579 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30580 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
30581 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
30582 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30583 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30584 ;;;;;; "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30585 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30586 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30587 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30588 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17454 45486 164469))
30589
30590 ;;;***
30591 \f
30592 ;;; Local Variables:
30593 ;;; version-control: never
30594 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30595 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30596 ;;; End:
30597 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here